PART NO.

TODAD-EN-00

ZX130-5B • 130LCN-5B HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR TECHNICAL MANUAL OPERATIONAL PRINCIPLE

Technical Manual
Operational Principle

ZX
130-5B
130LCN-5B
Hydraulic Excavator

URL:http://www.hitachi-c-m.com

Service Manual consists of the following separate Part No.

TODAD-EN-00

Technical Manual (Operational Principle) : Vol. No.TODAD-EN

Technical Manual (Troubleshooting) : Vol. No.TTDAD-EN
Workshop Manual : Vol. No.WDAD-EN
PRINTED IN JAPAN (K) 2012, 10 Engine Manual : Vol. No.EDBE-EN
 INTRODUCTION
To The Reader
This manual is written for an experienced technician to  If you have any questions or comments, at if you found
provide technical information needed to maintain and any errors regarding the contents of this manual,
repair this machine. please contact using “Service Manual Revision Request
Form” at the end of this manual. (Note: Do not tear off
 Be sure to thoroughly read this manual for correct the form. Copy it for usage.):
product information and service procedures.  Publications Marketing & Product Support Hitachi
Construction Machinery Co. Ltd.
 TEL: 81-29-832-7084
 FAX: 81-29-831-1162
 E-mail: [email protected]

Additional References
Please refer to the other materials (operator’s manual,
parts catalog, engine technical material and Hitachi
training material etc.) in addition to this manual.

Manual Composition
This manual consists the Technical Manual, the Workshop  Information included in the Workshop Manual:
Manual and the Engine Manual. Technical information needed for maintenance and
repair of the machine, tools and devices needed for
 Information included in the Technical Manual: maintenance and repair, maintenance standards, and
Technical information needed for redelivery and delivery, removal / installation and assemble / disassemble
operation and activation of all devices and systems, procedures.
operational performance tests, and troubleshooting
procedures.  Information included in the Engine Manual:
Technical information needed for redelivery and delivery
and maintenance and repair of the machine, operation
and activation of all devices and systems, troubleshooting
and assemble / disassemble procedures.

Page Number
Each page has a number, located on the center lower part
of the page, and each number contains the following
information:

Example:
 Technical Manual: T 1-3-5  Workshop Manual: W 1-3-2-5
T Technical Manual W Workshop Manual
1 Section Number 1 Section Number
3 Group Number 3 Group Number
5 Consecutive Page Number for Each Group 2 Sub Group Number
5 Consecutive Page Number for Each Group

IN-01
 INTRODUCTION
Safety Alert Symbol and Headline Notations
In this manual, the following safety alert symbol and
signal words are used to alert the reader to the potential dCAUTION:
for personal injury of machine damage. Indicates potentially hazardous situation which could, if
not avoided, result in personal injury or death.
d This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this IMPORTANT:
symbol, be alert to the potential for personal injury.
Never fail to follow the safety instructions prescribed Indicates a situation which, if not conformed to the
along with the safety alert symbol. instructions, could result in damage to the machine.
The safety alert symbol is also used to draw attention to
component/part weights.
To avoid injury and damage, be sure to use appropriate
fNOTE:
Indicates supplementary technical information or know-
lifting techniques and equipment when lifting heavy
how.
parts.

Units Used
SI Units (International System of Units) are used in this Example: 24.5 MPa (250 kgf/cm2, 3560 psi)
manual. MKSA system units and English units are also
indicated in parentheses just behind SI units. A table for conversion from SI units to other system units
is shown below for reference purposes.

Quantity To Convert From Into Multiply By

Length mm in 0.03937
mm ft 0.003281
Volume L US gal 0.2642
L US qt 1.057
m3 yd3 1.308
Weight kg lb 2.205
Force N kgf 0.10197
N lbf 0.2248
Torque N·m kgf·m 0.10197
Pressure MPa kgf/cm 2
10.197
MPa psi 145.0
Power kW PS 1.360
kW HP 1.341
Temperature °C °F °C×1.8+32
Velocity km/h mph 0.6214
min -1
rpm 1.0
Flow rate L/min US gpm 0.2642
mL/rev cc/rev 1.0
fNOTE: The numerical value in this manual might be
different from the above-mentioned table.

IN-02
 SYMBOL AND ABBREVIATION

Symbol / Name Explanation

Abbreviation
TO Technical manual (Operational principle)Technical manual (Operational Principle).
TT Technical manual (Troubleshooting) Technical manual (Troubleshooting).
T/M Technical manual Technical manual.
W, W/M Workshop manual Workshop manual (Removal and Installation, Disassembly
and Assembly).
MC Main Controller Main controller. MC controls the engine, pump, and valve
according to the machine operating condition.
ECM Engine Control Module Engine controller. ECM controls fuel injection amount
according to the machine operating condition.
VGS Variable Geometry System controller Variable turbo controller. VGS is an exhaust turbo charged
system to supercharge the exhaust energy while running
the engine at slow idle speed. VGS optimizes the turbine
rotation, improves the performance at slow-speed torque
and the acceleration, reduces fuel consumption, and reduces
particulate matter (PM) by adjusting the nozzle opening of
turbine housing.
GSM Global System for Mobile communications Communication controller. GSM is a type of wireless
controller communication system, is used in more than on 100
countries around Europe and Asia, and becomes the factual
global standards of the mobile telephone.
GPS Global Positioning System Global positioning system.
CAN Controller Area Network CAN communication. CAN is a serial communications
protocol internationally-standardized by ISO (International
Organization for Standardization).
A/C Air Conditioner Air conditioner.
OP, OPT Option Optional component.
MPDr. Maintenance Pro Dr. MPDr. is software that troubleshooting, monitoring, and
adjustment.
A/I Auto-Idle Auto-idle.
WU Warming-Up Warming-up.
Li Low (Slow) Idle Slow idle engine speed.
ATT Attachment Attachment. Attachment is optional parts such as breaker,
crusher, and pulverizer in this manual.
HI, Hi High Travel fast position.
LO, Lo Low Travel slow position.

SY-1
 SYMBOL AND ABBREVIATION

Symbol / Name Explanation

Abbreviation
DPF Diesel Particulate Filter DPF is a filter which removes particulate matter (PM)
including the toxic substance of exhaust gas of the diesel
engine. Exhaust particulate removal equipment.
DPD Diesel Particulate Diffuser DPD is an exhaust emission control system, a type of DPF,
which cleans up particulate matter (PM) of diesel engine
exhaust gas. DPD is a ceramic filter which traps and filters
PM of exhaust gas. DPD burns up accumulated PM when PM
increases and regenerates the filter.
DOC Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Oxidation catalyst for the diesel engine. Diesel oxidation
catalyst oxidizes unburnt fuel and raises exhaust
temperature.
CSF Catalyzed Soot Filter Filter. The filter traps, burns, and remove particulate matter
(PM) by using high-temperature-exhaust gas with diesel
oxidation catalyst. Catalyst is applied onto the filter. This
advances PM burning.
PM Particulate Matter Particulate matter.
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation The EGR control re-circulates a part of exhaust gas in the
intake manifold and combines it with intake-air. Therefore,
combustion temperature is lowered and generation of oxide
of nitrogen (NOx) is controlled.

SY-2
 SECTION AND GROUP SECTION 1 GENERAL
CONTENTS Group 1 Specifications
Group 2 Component Layout
Group 3 Component Specifications
SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller
TECHNICAL MANUAL Group 2 Control System
(Operational Principle) Group 3 ECM System
Group 4 Hydraulic System
Group 5 Electrical System
SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device
Group 2 Swing Device
Group 3 Control Valve
Group 4 Pilot Valve
Group 5 Travel Device
Group 6 Signal Control Valve
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

All information, illustrations and

specifications in this manual are based on
the latest product information available
at the time of publication. The right is
reserved to make changes at any time
without notice.

COPYRIGHT(C)2012
Hitachi Construction Machinery Co., Ltd.
Tokyo, Japan
All rights reserved
TECHNICAL MANUAL (Troubleshooting) WORKSHOP MANUAL
SECTION 4 OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 1 Introduction Group 1 Precautions for Disassembling and Assembling
Group 2 Standard Group 2 Tightening Torque
Group 3 Engine Test Group 3 Painting
Group 4 Excavator Test Group 4 Bleeding Air from Hydraulic Oil Tank
Group 5 Component Test Group 5 Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Release Procedure
Group 6 Adjustment Group 6 Preparation
SECTION 5 TROUBLESHOOTING SECTION 2 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
Group 1 Diagnosing Procedure Group 1 Upperstructure
Group 2 Monitor Group 2 Undercarriage
Group 3 e-Service Group 3 Front Attachment
Group 4 Component Layout SECTION 3 UPPERSTRUCTURE
Group 5 Troubleshooting A Group 1 Cab
Group 6 Troubleshooting B Group 2 Counterweight
Group 7 Air Conditioner Group 3 Main Frame
Group 4 Engine
Group 5 Radiator Assembly
Group 6 Hydraulic Oil Tank
Group 7 Fuel Tank
Group 8 Pump Device
Group 9 Control Valve
Group 10 Swing Device
Group 11 Pilot Valve
Group 12 Solenoid Valve
Group 13 Signal Control Valve
Group 14 Muffler Filter
SECTION 4 UNDERCARRIAGE
Group 1 Swing Bearing
Group 2 Travel Device
Group 3 Center Joint
Group 4 Track Adjuster
Group 5 Front Idler
Group 6 Upper and Lower Roller
Group 7 Track
SECTION 5 ATTACHMENT
Group 1 Front Attachment
Group 2 Cylinder
Group 3 Hose Rupture Valve
SECTION 1

GENERAL
CONTENTS
Group 1 Specifications
Specifications........................................................................ T1-1-1
Working Ranges (Grouser shoe)..................................... T1-1-4
Group 2 Component Layout
Main Component................................................................. T1-2-1
Electrical System (Overview)........................................... T1-2-3
Electrical System (Rear Tray)............................................. T1-2-4
Electrical System (Switch Panel)..................................... T1-2-5
Electrical System (Around Air Cleaner)........................ T1-2-6
Electrical System (Relays).................................................. T1-2-7
Engine...................................................................................... T1-2-8
Muffler Filter.......................................................................... T1-2-9
Pump Device.......................................................................T1-2-10
Pump Device with Blade Pump (Option)
Attached..........................................................................T1-2-10
Around Pump Device.......................................................T1-2-11
Control Valve.......................................................................T1-2-12
Signal Control Valve..........................................................T1-2-12
Swing Device.......................................................................T1-2-14
Travel Device.......................................................................T1-2-14
4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit...........................................T1-2-15
2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (Muffler Filter
Regeneration Control)................................................T1-2-15
Group 3 Component Specifications
Engine...................................................................................... T1-3-1
Engine Accessories.............................................................. T1-3-5
Hydraulic Component........................................................ T1-3-6
Electrical Component.......................................................T1-3-10
Optional Parts.....................................................................T1-3-11

DADT-1-1
(Blank)

DADT-1-2
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Specifications
ZX130-5B, 130LCN-5B

A
G C

E
D

K J MDAA-12-003
I H

Model ZX130-5B ZX130LCN-5B

Type of Front-End Attachment 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3), (CECE 0.45 m3)
Operating Weight 12600 kg (27800 lb) 12800 kg (28200 lb)
Base Machine Weight 10000 kg (22000 lb) 10100 kg (22300 lb)
Engine ISUZU AM-4JJ1XZSA-03 73.4 kW/2000 min-1 (100 PS/2000 rpm)
Overall Width
A: 2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height 2790 mm (9 ft 2 in)
C: Rear End Swing Radius 2190 mm (7 ft 2 in)
D: Minimum Ground Clearance *410 mm (1 ft 4 in)
E: Counterweight Clearance *840 mm (2 ft 9 in)
F: Engine Cover Height *2020 mm (6 ft 8 in)
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure 2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
H: Undercarriage Length 3580 mm (11 ft 9 in) 3750 mm (12 ft 4 in)
I: Undercarriage Width 2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center 2880 mm (9 ft 5 in) 3050 mm (10 ft 0 in)
K: Track Shoe Width 500 mm (20 in) (Grouser shoe)
Ground Pressure 39 kPa (0.40 kgf/cm2, 5.7 psi) 38 kPa (0.39 kgf/cm2, 5.5 psi)
Swing Speed 13.7 min (rpm)
–1

Travel Speed (fast/slow) 5.5/3.3 km/h (3.4/2.1 mph)

Gradeability 35 ° (tanθ = 0.70)

fNOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-1
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX130-5B with Blade

A
G C

E
D

K J MDAA-13-009
I H

Model ZX130-5B with Blade

Type of Front-End Attachment 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) PCSA 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3), CECE 0.45 m3
Operating Weight 13700 kg (30200 lb)
Base Machine Weight 11000 kg (24300 lb)
Engine ISUZU AM-4JJ1XZSA-03 73.4 kW/2000 min-1 (100 PS/2000 rpm)
A: Overall Width (Excluding back mirrors) 2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
B: Cab Height 2790 mm (9 ft 2 in)
C: Rear End Swing Radius 2190 mm (7 ft 2 in)
D: Minimum Ground Clearance *410 mm (1 ft 4 in)
E: Counterweight Clearance *840 mm (2 ft 9 in)
F: Engine Cover Height *2020 mm (6 ft 8 in)
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure 2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
H: Undercarriage Length 3580 mm (11 ft 9 in)
I: Undercarriage Width 2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center 2880 mm (9 ft 5 in)
K: Track Shoe Width 500 mm (Grouser Shoe) (20 in)
Ground Pressure 43 kPa (0.44 kgf/cm2, 6.3 psi)
Swing Speed 13.7 min–1 (rpm)
Travel Speed (fast/slow) 5.5/3.3 km/h (3.4/2.1 mph)
Gradeability 35 ° (tanθ = 0.70)

fNOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-2
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX130-5B, 130LCN-5B 2-piece Boom

A
G C

E
D

K J MDAA-12-003
I H

Model ZX130-5B 2-piece Boom ZX130LCN-5B 2-piece Boom

Type of Front-End Attachment 2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm
Bucket Capacity (Heaped) 0.50 m3 (0.65 yd3), (CECE 0.45 m3)
Operating Weight 13000 kg (28700 lb) 13200 kg (29100 lb)
Base Machine Weight 10000 kg (22000 lb) 10100 kg (22300 lb)
Engine ISUZU AM-4JJ1XZSA-03 73.4 kW/2000 min-1 (100 PS/2000 rpm)
Overall Width
A: 2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
(Excluding back mirrors)
B: Cab Height 2790 mm (9 ft 2 in)
C: Rear End Swing Radius 2190 mm (7 ft 2 in)
D: Minimum Ground Clearance *410 mm (1 ft 4 in)
E: Counterweight Clearance *840 mm (2 ft 9 in)
F: Engine Cover Height *2020 mm (6 ft 8 in)
G: Overall Width of Upperstructure 2460 mm (8 ft 1 in)
H: Undercarriage Length 3580 mm (11 ft 9 in) 3750 mm (12 ft 4 in)
I: Undercarriage Width 2490 mm (8 ft 2 in)
J: Sprocket Center to Idle Center 2880 mm (9 ft 5 in) 3050 mm (10 ft 0 in)
K: Track Shoe Width 500 mm (20 in) (Grouser shoe)
Ground Pressure 40 kPa (0.41 kgf/cm2, 5.8 psi) 39 kPa (0.40 kgf/cm2, 5.7 psi)
Swing Speed 13.7 min (rpm)
–1

Travel Speed (fast/slow) 5.5/3.3 km/h (3.4/2.1 mph)

Gradeability 35 ° (tanθ = 0.70)

fNOTE: * The dimensions do not include the height of the shoe lug.

T1-1-3
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

Working Ranges (Grouser shoe)

ZX130-5B, 130LCN-5B

A
B

MDAA-12-004

Category 2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm 3.01 m (9 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe Backhoe Backhoe
Item mm ft·in mm ft·in mm ft·in
A: Maximum Digging Reach 7940 26’ 1” 8300 27’ 3” 8770 28’ 9”
B: Maximum Digging Depth 5120 16’ 10” 5540 18’ 2” 6030 19’ 9”
C: Maximum Cutting Height 8400 27’ 7” 8600 28’ 3” 8930 29’ 4”
D: Maximum Dumping Height 5990 19’ 8” 6190 20’ 4” 6520 21’ 5”
E: Overall Height 2790 9’ 2” 2790 9’ 2” *2790 *9’ 2”
F: Overall Length 7700 25’ 3” 7700 25’ 3” *7710 *25’ 4”
G: Minimum Swing Radius 2350 7’ 9” 2400 7’ 11” 2620 8’ 7”

fNOTE: The dimensions do not include height of the shoe lug (except Item E). *The dimensions asterisked are for transport
pin position.

T1-1-4
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX130-5B with Blade

J
H
I
F

MDAA-13-008

Model ZX130-5B with Blade

Category
2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm 3.01 m (9 ft 11 in) Arm
Item
A: Maximum Digging Reach mm 7940 8300 8770
(ft·in) (26' 1”) (27' 3”) (28' 9”)
B: Maximum Digging Depth mm 5120 5540 6030
(ft·in) (16' 10”) (18' 2”) (19' 9”)
C: Maximum Cutting Height mm 8400 8600 8930
(ft·in) (27' 7”) (28' 3”) (29' 4”)
D: Maximum Dumping Height mm 5990 6190 6520
(ft·in) (19' 8”) (20' 4”) (21' 5”)
E: Overall Height mm 2790 2790 *2790
(ft·in) (9' 2”) (9' 2”) (9' 2”)
F: Overall Length mm 8030 8030 *8040
(ft·in) (26' 4”) (26’ 4”) (26' 5”)
G: Minimum Swing Radius mm 2350 2400 2620
(ft·in) (7' 9”) (7' 11”) (8' 7”)
H: Max. Raising Height mm 480
(ft·in) (1' 7”)
I: Max. Digging Depth mm 530
(ft·in) (1' 9”)
J: Blade Angle degree 25
fNOTE: The dimensions do not include height of the shoe lug (except Item E). * The dimensions asterisked are for transport
pin position.

T1-1-5
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 1 Specifications

ZX130-5B, 130LCN-5B 2-piece Boom

A
B

MDAA-13-004

Category 2.10 m (6 ft 11 in) Arm 2.52 m (8 ft 3 in) Arm 3.01 m (9 ft 11 in) Arm
Backhoe Backhoe Backhoe
Item mm ft·in mm ft·in mm ft·in
A: Maximum Digging Reach 7930 26’ 0” 8300 27’ 3” 8780 28’ 10”
B: Maximum Digging Depth 4910 16’ 1” 5310 17’ 5” 5800 19’ 0”
C: Maximum Cutting Height 9100 29’ 10” 9420 30’ 11” 9850 32’ 4”
D: Maximum Dumping Height 6640 21’ 9” 6960 22’ 10” 7390 24’ 3”
E: Overall Height 2490 8’ 2” 2640 8’ 8” *2700 *8’ 10”
F: Overall Length 7650 25’ 1” 7640 25’ 1” 7650 25’ 1”
G: Minimum Swing Radius 1780 5’ 10” 1850 6’ 1” 2030 6’ 8”

fNOTE: The dimensions do not include height of the shoe lug (except Item E). *The dimensions asterisked are for transport
pin position.

T1-1-6
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Main Component

1 3

24 26
4 5 6 7
8

9
25

23

10

11

22 12

21 13
14
20
18 15
16
19 17

TDAD-01-02-001

1- Bucket Cylinder 9- Control Valve 17- Travel Device 24- Front Attachment / Swing Pilot
2- Arm Cylinder 10- Pilot Filter / Pilot Relief Valve 18- Oil Cooler Valve
3- Boom Cylinder 11- Pump Device 19- Fuel Cooler 25- Muffler Filter
4- Center Joint 12- Engine 20- Air Cleaner 26- Blade Pilot Valve (only
5- Swing Bearing 13- Intercooler 21- Signal Control Valve machines with the blade
6- Swing Device 14- Air Conditioner Condenser 22- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve attached)
7- Fuel Tank 15- Radiator 23- Travel Pilot Valve
8- Hydraulic Oil Tank 16- Battery

T1-2-1
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Front Attachment

 2-Piece Boom  Mono Boom

2
1 3
3

4
2
7

TDAA-01-02-013 6 T1F3-01-02-004

Blade

TDAD-01-02-013

1- Bucket Cylinder 4- Hose Rapture Valve 6- Hose Rapture Valve (Boom) 8- Blade Cylinder (only machines
2- Hose Rapture Valve (Arm) (Positioning) 7- Boom Cylinder with the blade attached)
3- Arm Cylinder 5- Positioning Cylinder

T1-2-2
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Overview)

21

20
1
22 2

19

3
18

17

16
4
23

15
5

14

13 7
12

11

10
8
9 TDAD-01-02-002

1- Rear View Camera 8- Components Related with 14- Components Related with 20- Components Related with
2- Components Related with Signal Control Valve (Refer to Swing Device (Refer to T1-2- Pump Device (Refer to T1-2-
Engine (Refer to T1-2-8.) T1-2-12.) 14.) 10.)
3- Electrical System (Relays) 9- Wiper Motor 15- Fuel Sensor 21- Components Related with
(Refer to T1-2-7.) 10- Monitor 16- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Muffler Filter (Refer to T1-2-9.)
4- Battery 11- Horn Sensor 22- Positioning Control Valve (only
5- Communication Antenna 12- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 17- Components Related with machines with the 2-piece
6- Electrical System (Around Air (Muffler Filter Regeneration Control Valve (Refer to T1-2- boom attached)
Cleaner) (Refer to T1-2-6.) Control) 12.) 23- Blade Control Valve (only
7- GPS Antenna 13- Work Light 18- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit machines with the blade
19- Fuel Solenoid Pump attached)

T1-2-3
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Rear Tray)

2
1

7 TDAA-01-02-005

10 11 12 13
9
14
8

15

16

TDAA-01-02-022

21 20 19 18 17

1- Monitor Controller 6- Fuse Box (Attachment) 12- Auto Shut-Down Relay (R11) 18- Security Horn Relay (R3)
2- GSM 7- Wiper/Light Controller 13- Washer Relay (R9) 19- ECM Main Relay (R14)
3- MC (Main Controller) 8- Wiper Relay (R6) 14- Horn Relay (R10) 20- Pilot Shut-Off Relay (R2)
4- MPDr. Connector (Download 9- Work Light Relay 1 (R7) 15- Security Relay (R5) 21- Load Dump Relay (R1)
Connector Using Combinedly) 10- ACC Cut Relay (R12) 16- Starter Cut Relay (R4)
5- Fuse Box 11- Work Light Relay 2 (R8) 17- Key Switch ON Cut Relay (R13)

T1-2-4
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Switch Panel)

1 2

16

4
15

13 14
7

TDAA-05-02-059
12 11 10

1- Return to Previous Screen 5- Power Switch/Volume Control 11- Key Switch 15- AUTO/OFF Switch/Fan Switch
Switch (Monitor) Switch (Radio) 12- Numeric Keypad (Air Conditioner)
2- Return to Basic Screen Switch 6- Engine Control Dial 13- Overhead Window Wiper/ 16- Temperature Control Switch/
(Monitor) 7- Auto-Idle Switch Overhead Window Washer MODE Switch (Air Conditioner)
3- Selector/Set Switch (Monitor) 8- Travel Mode Switch Switch (Option)
4- AM·FM Switch/Tuning Switch 9- Work Light Switch 14- Wiper/Washer Switch
(Radio) 10- Power Mode Switch

T1-2-5
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Around Air Cleaner)

A
a View A

2 4

a TDAD-01-02-003
5

TDBC-01-02-003

a- Machine Front

1- ECM (Engine Controller) 3- MAF Sensor/Intake-Air 4- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor

2- Air Cleaner Temperature Sensor 5- Air Filter Restriction Switch

T1-2-6
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Electrical System (Relays)

TDAD-01-02-004

1- Ambient Temperature Sensor 3- Battery Relay 4- Fusible Link (Red: 45 A, Black: 5- Glow Plug Relay
2- Starter Relay 1 65 A)

T1-2-7
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Engine

6 7
1 2 3 4
8

5 9

14

13 12 11 17 10
TDBC-01-02-009 TDBC-01-02-012

15 16

TDBC-01-02-011

1- EGR Valve 6- Overheat Switch 11- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor
2- Glow Plug 7- Injector 12- Suction Control Valve 17- Engine Oil Level Switch
3- EVRV Solenoid 8- Boost Temperature Sensor 13- Fuel Temperature Sensor
4- Vacuum Pressure Sensor 9- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 14- Intake Throttle
5- Boost Pressure Sensor 10- Crank Speed Sensor 15- Cam Angle Sensor

T1-2-8
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Muffler Filter

2
1

TDBC-02-03-006

1- DOC Exhaust Temperature 2- CSF Exhaust Temperature 3- Differential Pressure Sensor

Sensor Sensor

T1-2-9
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Pump Device

1 2 3

8 7 6 9 5 4

TDAD-01-02-005 TDAD-01-02-006

Pump Device with Blade Pump (Option) Attached

10 1 2 3

8 7 6 9 5 4

TDAD-01-02-007 TDAD-01-02-008

1- Pilot Pump 5- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 8- Pump 2 Control Pressure

2- Pump 2 Sensor Sensor
3- Pump 1 6- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 9- Pump 1 Control Pressure
4- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 7- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate Sensor
Sensor Limit Control Solenoid Valve 10- Blade Pump

T1-2-10
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Around Pump Device

3 6 4

5 TDAD-01-02-009

1- Fuel Main Filter 3- Water Separator Filter 6- Water Separator Filter

2- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 4- Fuel Solenoid Pump Restriction Sensor
Sensor 5- Fuel Prefilter

T1-2-11
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Control Valve

2 1

TDAD-01-02-010

Signal Control Valve

TDAD-01-02-011

1- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 3- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 5- Pressure Sensor (Travel)
2- Main Relief Valve 4- Pressure Sensor (Swing)

T1-2-12
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

TDAD-03-06-001

Section A-A

2
5
3
6

4
7

T178-03-06-002

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Shockless Valve 3- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control 5- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 7- Swing Parking Brake Release
2- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve Control Spool Spool
Control Spool 4- Flow Combiner Valve Control 6- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
Spool Valve

T1-2-13
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

Swing Device Travel Device

2
5

TDAD-01-02-012 3 T1HD-01-02-001

1- Swing Relief Valve 3- Counterbalance Valve 5- Travel Relief Valve

2- Pressure Sensor (Front 4- Travel Motor Displacement
Attachment) Angle Control Valve

T1-2-14
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (Muffler Filter
Regeneration Control)

1 2 3 4 5 6

TJAA-01-02-102 TDAA-03-07-002

1- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 3- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 5- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
(SC) (SI) (SZ)
2- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 4- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 6- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
(SF) (SG) (SJ)

T1-2-15
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 2 Component Layout

(Blank)

T1-2-16
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine

Manufacturer ISUZU
Model AM-4JJ1XZSA-03
Type Diesel, 4-Cycle, Water-cooled, Direct Injection Type
Cyl. No.- Bore × Stroke 4-95.4 mm×104.9 mm (3.8 in × 4.1 in)
Piston Displacement 2999 cm3 (183 in3)
Rated Output 68.8±2.8 kW/1800 min-1 (93.5±3.8 PS/1800 rpm)
Travel HP Mode: 73.4±2.2 kW/2000 min-1 (99.8±3.0 PS/2000 rpm)
Compression Ratio 17.5
Dry Weight 329 kg (725 lb)
Firing Order 1-3-4-2
Rotation Direction Clockwise (Viewed from fan side)

T1-3-1
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

COOLING SYSTEM Cooling Fan Dia. 650 mm (25.6 in), 5 Blades, Draw-In Type, with Fan Ring
and Safety Net
Fan Pulley Ratio Belt Driven Rotation Ratio : 0.95
Thermostat Cracking Temperature at Atmospheric Pressure: 85 ºC (185 ºF)
Full Open (Stroke: 10 mm or more) 100 ºC (212 ºF)
Water Pump Centrifugal Type
LUBRICATION SYSTEM Lubrication Pump Type Gear Pump
Oil Filter Full-Flow Paper Element Type with Bypass
Oil Cooler Water Cooled Integral Type
STARTING SYSTEM Motor Magnetic Pinion Shift Reduction Type
Voltage / Output 24 V/4.0 kW
PREHEAT SYSTEM Preheating Method Glow Plug (24V, QOS II Type)
ENGINE STOP SYSTEM Stop Method Fuel Shut-Off
ALTERNATOR Type Regulator Integrated AC Type, Brushless
Voltage / Output 24 V/50 A
SUPERCHARGING SYSTEM Type Exhaust-Turbocharger Type, RHF5V Type with Forced
Lubrication, Water-Cooled Type
FUEL SYSTEM Type Common Rail Type HP3 Type
Governor Electronic All Speed Control
Injection Nozzle Electrical Multi-Hole Injector

T1-3-2
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

IMPORTANT: This list shows design specifications, which are not servicing standards.
PERFORMANCE Fuel Consumption Ratio 220±11 g/kW·h (162±8 g/PS·h) at 73.4±2.2 kW/(at Full Load:
2000 min-1)
222±11 g/kW·h (163±8 g/PS·h) at 68.8±2.8 kW/(at Working
Load: 1800 min-1)
Maximum Output Torque 374±19 N·m (38.1±1.9 kgf·m, 276±14 lbf·ft) at at approx. 1600
min-1
Compression Pressure 3 MPa (30 kgf/cm2) at 200 min-1
Valve Clearance (Inlet / 0.15/0.15 mm (when cool)
Exhaust)
No Load Speed Slow: 800±20 min-1 (at Full Load)
Fast: 2000±20 min-1 (at Full Load)
Fast: 1800±20 min-1 (at Working Load)

T1-3-3
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine Performance Curve (AM-4JJ1XZSA-03)

Test Condition:
1. In conformity with JIS D1005 (Performance Test
Method for Diesel Engine Used for Construction
Machinery) under standard atmospheric pressure.
2. Equipped with the fan and alternator.

N·m

kW

g/kW·h

min-1 (rpm) TDAD-01-03-001

kW: Output g/kW·h: Fuel Consumption Ratio

N·m: Torque min-1 (rpm): Engine Speed

T1-3-4
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Engine Accessories

RADIATOR ASSEMBLY Type Radiator, Oil Cooler Parallel Type, Intercooler Tandem Type
Weight 48.0 kg (106 lb)

Radiator Oil Cooler Intercooler

Air-Tight Test Pressure 100 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm2, 14 psi) 1500 kPa (15 kgf/cm2, 218 250 kPa (2.5 kgf/cm2, 36 psi)
psi)
Cap Opening Pressure 49 kPa (0.5 kgf/cm2, 7 psi) − −

BATTERY Type 80D26R-MF

Voltage 12 V
Capacity 55 Ah or more (5-Hour Rate)
Weight 17.7 kg (39 lb)×2

T1-3-5
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Hydraulic Component

PUMP DEVICE Drive Gear Ratio Main Pump: 1, Pilot Pump: 1

MAIN PUMP Type Swash Plate Type Variable Displacement Axial Plunger Pump
Theoretical Displacement 58.3 cm3/rev×2
Rated Pressure 34.3 MPa (350 kgf/cm2, 4980 psi)
REGULATOR Type Hydraulic Pressure Operated Type
PILOT PUMP Type Fixed Displacement Type Gear Pump
Model FS 11/16.8
Theoretical Displacement 16.8 cm3/rev (1.0 in3/rev)
CONTROL VALVE Type Pilot Pressure Operated Type (4-Spool + 5-Spool)
Main Relief Set-Pressure Normal: 34.3 MPa (350 kgf/cm2, 4980 psi) at 40 L/min (10.6 US
gpm)
Power Digging: 36.3 MPa (370 kgf/cm2, 5260 psi) at 40 L/min
(10.6 US gpm)
Overload Relief Set-Pressure 37.3 MPa (380 kgf/cm2, 5410 psi) at 50 L/min (13.2 US gpm)
(Boom Rod Side, Arm Bottom Side, Bucket Bottom Side)
39.2 MPa (400 kgf/cm2, 5690 psi) at 50 L/min (13.2 US gpm)
(Boom Bottom Side, Arm Rod Side, Bucket Rod Side)

T1-3-6
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

SWING DEVICE Type Two-Stage Reduction Planetary Gear

Reduction Gear Ratio 16.155
SWING MOTOR Type Swash Plate Type Fixed Displacement Axial Plunger Motor
Theoretical Displacement 72 cm3/rev (4.4 in3/rev)
VALVE UNIT Type Non Counterbalance Valve Type
Relief Set-Pressure 32.4 MPa (330 kgf/cm2, 4700 psi) at 80 L/min (21.1 US gpm)
SWING PARKING BRAKE Type Spring Set Hydraulic Released Wet-Type Multi-Disk Brake
Release Pressure 1.88 to 2.71 MPa (19.2 to 27.7 kgf/cm2, 273 to 393 psi)
TRAVEL DEVICE Type Two-Stage Reduction Planetary Gear
Reduction Gear Ratio 57.263
TRAVEL MOTOR Type Swash Plate Type Variable Displacement Axial Plunger Motor
Theoretical Displacement 40.1/67.0 cm3/rev (2.4/4.1 in3/rev)
(Fast/Slow)
TRAVEL BRAKE VALVE Type Counterbalance Valve Type
Relief Set-Pressure 34.8 MPa (355 kgf/cm2, 5050 psi) at 40 L/min (10.6 US gpm)
TRAVEL PARKING BRAKE Type Spring Set Hydraulic Released Wet-Type Multi-Disk Brake
Release Starting Pressure 0.78 to 1.02 MPa (8.0 to 10.4 kgf/cm2, 113 to 148 psi)

T1-3-7
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

CYLINDER Boom Arm Bucket

Rod Diameter 70 mm (2.76’’) 80 mm (3.15’’) 70 mm (2.76’’)
Cylinder Bore 105 mm (3.74’’) 115 mm (4.53’’) 100 mm (3.94’’)
Stroke 941 mm (3’ 1’’) 1135 mm (3’ 9’’) 875 mm (2’ 10’’)
Fully Retracted Length 1448 mm (4’ 9’’) 1650 mm (5’ 5’’) 1350 mm (4’ 5’’)
Plating Thickness 30 μm (1.18 μ in) 30 μm (1.18 μ in) 30 μm (1.18 μ in)

T1-3-8
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

FRONT ATTACHMENT Model HVP07D-040-101

PILOT VALVE Plunger Stroke Ports 1, 3: 6.5 mm (0.26 in)
Ports 2, 4: 8.0 mm (0.32 in)
TRAVEL PILOT VALVE Model HVP08A-040-101
Plunger Stroke Ports 1, 2, 3, 4: 4.6 mm (0.18 in)
4-SPOOL SOLENOID Type 4-Spool Proportional Solenoid Valve
VALVE UNIT Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Coil Resistance 22 Ω
2-SPOOL SOLENOID Type 2-Spool Proportional Solenoid Valve
VALVE UNIT (for Muffler Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Filter Regeneration Coil Resistance 22 Ω
Control)
SIGNAL CONTROL VALVE Model KVSS-10-H
Rated Pressure 3.72 MPa (38 kgf/cm2, 540 psi)
PILOT SHUT-OFF Type ON/OFF Solenoid Valve
SOLENOID VALVE Rated Voltage DC 24 V
Coil Resistance 49 Ω
OIL COOLER BYPASS Cracking Pressure 390 kPa (4 kgf/cm2, 57 psi) at 5 L/min (1.32 US gpm)
CHECK VALVE
FILTER Full-Flow Filter (Filtration) β10≥2.0
Suction Filter (Filtration) 177 μm (80 mesh)
Pilot Filter (Filtration) β10≥1.4

T1-3-9
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Electrical Component

BATTERY RELAY Voltage / Current 24 V/100 A

STARTER CUT RELAY Voltage 24 V
GLOW RELAY Voltage 24 V
HYDRAULIC OIL Operating Temperature -30 to 120 ºC (-22 to 248 ºF)
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AIR FILTER RESTRICTION Operating Pressure 6.2±0.6 kPa
SWITCH
HORN Voltage / Current 24 V/2.5+0.5-1 A
Sound Pressure 113±5 dB (A) at 2 m
ILLUMINATION Work Light Halogen 24 V, 70 W
Cab Light 24 V/0.3 A
AIR CONDITIONER Refrigerant 134 a
Cooling Ability 5.35 kW or More
Cool Air Volume 550 m3/h or More
Heating Ability 6.3 kW or More
Warm Air Volume 400 m3/h or More
Temperature Adjusting Electronic Type
System
Refrigerant Quantity 750±50 g
Compressor Oil Quantity 200 cm3

T1-3-10
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Optional Parts
Parts Related with Auxiliary

AUXILIARY FLOW COMBINER Rated Voltage DC 24 V

CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Coil Resistance 59.7 Ω
AUXILIARY FLOW RATE CONTROL Rated Voltage DC 24 V
SOLENOID VALVE Coil Resistance 22 Ω

T1-3-11
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Parts Related with Blade

TANDEM GEAR PUMP Type Fixed Displacement Type Gear Pump

Model ZFS 11/14.6+14.6
Pilot Pump Theoretical Displacement 14.6 cm3/rev (0.89 in3/rev)
Blade Pump Theoretical Displacement 14.6 cm3/rev (0.89 in3/rev)

BLADE CONTROL VALVE Type Pilot Pressure Operated Type

Overload Relief Set-Pressure 27.5 MPa (280 kgf/cm2, 3990 psi) at 50
L/min (13.2 US gpm)
39.2 MPa (400 kgf/cm2, 5690 psi) at 50
L/min (13.2 US gpm)
MAIN RELIEF VALVE FOR BLADE Model MO-7000-923-0
Set Pressure 20.6 MPa(210 kgf/cm2, 2990 psi) at 30
L/min (7.9 US gpm)
BLADE CYLINDER Rod Diameter 70 mm (2.76’’)
Cylinder Bore 100 mm (3.94’’)
Stroke 220 mm (8.66’’)
Fully Retracted Length 658 mm (2’ 2’’)
Plating Thickness 25 μm (0.98 μ in)

T1-3-12
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

Parts Related with 2-Piece Boom

CYLINDER Boom Arm Bucket Positioning

Rod Diameter 70 mm (2.76’’) 80 mm (3.15’’) 70 mm (2.76’’) 95 mm (3.74’’)
Cylinder Bore 105 mm (3.74’’) 115 mm (4.53’’) 100 mm (3.94’’) 140 mm (5.51’’)
Stroke 941 mm (3’ 1’’) 1135 mm (3’ 9’’) 875 mm (2’ 10’’) 840 mm (2’ 9’’)
Fully Retracted 1448 mm (4’ 9’’) 1650 mm (5’ 5’’) 1350 mm (4’ 5’’) 1450 mm (4’ 9’’)
Length
Plating Thickness 30 μm (1.18 μ in) 30 μm (1.18 μ in) 30 μm (1.18 μ in) 30 μm (1.18 μ in)

HOSE RUPTURE Relief Set-Pressure 40.5+1.00 Mpa (413+100 kgf/cm2, 5873+1450 psi) at 0.5±0.1 L/min
VALVE (Boom,
Arm, Bucket)
HOSE RUPTURE Relief Set-Pressure 38.8+1.00 Mpa (396+100 kgf/cm2, 5626+1450 psi) at 0.5±0.1 L/min
VALVE
(Positioning)

T1-3-13
 SECTION 1 GENERAL
Group 3 Component Specifications

(Blank)

T1-3-14
MEMO
MEMO
SECTION 2

SYSTEM
CONTENTS
Group 1 Controller Air Conditioner Circuit.....................................................T2-5-28
Outline..................................................................................... T2-1-1 Accessory Circuit................................................................T2-5-31
CAN Circuit............................................................................. T2-1-2 Work Light Circuit..............................................................T2-5-32
Wiper/Washer Circuit........................................................T2-5-34
Group 2 Control System Cab Light Circuit.................................................................T2-5-36
Outline..................................................................................... T2-2-1
Engine Control...................................................................... T2-2-4
Pump Control......................................................................T2-2-36
Valve Control (Standard).................................................T2-2-48
Valve Control (Option).....................................................T2-2-66
Other Control......................................................................T2-2-76
Group 3 ECM System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-3-1
Fuel Injection Control......................................................... T2-3-2
Fuel Injection Amount Correction Control...............T2-3-10
EGR Control..........................................................................T2-3-12
Preheating Control............................................................T2-3-14
Alarm Control......................................................................T2-3-15
Muffler Filter........................................................................T2-3-16
Operation..............................................................................T2-3-17
Muffler Filter Regenerative Control.............................T2-3-18
Group 4 Hydraulic System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-4-1
Pilot Circuit............................................................................. T2-4-2
Main Circuit..........................................................................T2-4-14
Outline (2-Piece Boom)....................................................T2-4-33
Pilot Circuit (2-Piece Boom)............................................T2-4-34
Main Circuit (2-Piece Boom)...........................................T2-4-38
Group 5 Electrical System
Outline..................................................................................... T2-5-1
Main Circuit............................................................................ T2-5-2
Electric Power Circuit (Key Switch: OFF)...................... T2-5-4
CAN Circuit............................................................................. T2-5-6
Accessory Circuit.................................................................. T2-5-8
Starting Circuit (Key Switch: START)............................T2-5-10
Charging Circuit (Key Switch: ON)...............................T2-5-12
Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit.................................T2-5-16
Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key switch: ON).......................T2-5-18
Auto Shut-Down Circuit/Automatic Engine Stop
Circuit at Low Temperature.......................................T2-5-20
Engine Stop Circuit............................................................T2-5-22
Monitor Circuit....................................................................T2-5-25
Security Circuit....................................................................T2-5-26
Radio Circuit........................................................................T2-5-28

DADT-2-1
(Blank)

DADT-2-2
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

Outline
The following controllers are provided in this machine in
order to control functions. Each controller excluding the
communication controller communicates by using the
CAN circuit and sends or receives the required signal.

Controller Control Comment on

Control
MC Controls the engine, pumps, and valves. T2-2
ECM Controls the actual engine speed. T2-3
VGS Controller Controls the engine turbocharger. T2-3
Monitor Controller Displays the operating information and alarms on the monitor. T5-2
Wiper / Light Controller Controls the wipers and work lights. T2-5
Air Conditioner Controller Controls the air conditioner. T2-5, T5-7
Radio Controller Controls the radio. T2-5
Communication Controller Sends the mails and operating information. T5-3

fNOTE: Refer to the corresponding group for details of

each controller control.

T2-1-1
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

CAN Circuit
CAN (Controller Area Network) is ISO Standards of the
serial communication protocol.
Two networks (CAN bus (4)), CAN 0 (1) and CAN 1 (5) are
equipped for this machine.
CAN 0 (1) is used for the engine control. CAN 1 (5) is used
for the accessories.
CAN bus (4) consists of two harnesses, CAN-H (High) (2)
and CAN-L (Low) (3).
Each controller judges the CAN bus (4) level due to
potential difference between CAN-H (High) (2) and CAN-L
(Low) (3).
Each controller arranges the CAN bus (4) level and sends
the signal and data to other controllers.
In addition, termination resistors (120 Ω) (17) are installed
to both ends of CAN bus (4).

T2-1-2
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

3
4
2

3
TDAA-02-05-001

17

6 9

17
1 17 10

7
15

17 11
5

8 16

17

17
12 13 14

TDAA-02-01-002

1- CAN 0 6- VGS Controller (Variable Turbo 10- Monitor Controller 15- Monitor Control Unit
2- CAN-H (High) Controller) 11- MPDr. 16- Information Control Unit
3- CAN-L (Low) 7- ECM (Engine Controller) 12- Wiper / Light Controller 17- Termination Resistor (120 Ω)
4- CAN Bus 8- MC (Main Controller) 13- Radio Controller
5- CAN 1 9- Communication Controller 14- Air Conditioner Controller

T2-1-3
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 1 Controller

(Blank)

T2-1-4
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Outline
MC is used in order to control the machine operations.
The signals from the engine control dial, various sensors,
and switches are sent to MC and processed in the logic
circuit.
MC sends the signals equivalent to the target engine
speed to ECM by using CAN communication in order to
control the engine. (Refer to SYSTEM / ECM System.)
In addition, MC drives the solenoid valve unit and the
torque control solenoid valve in order to control the
pump and the valve.

T2-2-1
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control , Pump Control

Input Signal Output

Engine Control Dial  Engine Control (ECM)
Power Mode Switch  Engine Protection Control
Auto-Idle Switch  Engine Control Dial Control
Travel Mode Switch  ECO Control
Key Switch  Power Mode Switch Control
Pilot Shut-Off Switch  ECO Mode Control
Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Travel HP Mode Control
Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Auto-Idle Control
Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor  Hydraulic Oil Temperature Auto-Warming Up Control
Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor  Radiator Coolant Temperature Auto-Warming Up
Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)  Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)  Idle Speed-Up Control
Pressure Sensor (Swing)  Engine Starting Idle Speed-Up Control
Pressure Sensor (Travel)  Engine Speed Slow Down Control
Pressure Sensor (Front Attachment)  MC Heater Control
Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) (OP)  * Attachment Operation Speed Increase Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) (OP)  * Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor 
Pump Control (Torque Control Solenoid Valve)
Speed Sensing Control
Radiator Coolant Temperature Pump Torque Decrease
Control
Coolant Temperature  Travel Torque-Up Control
Sensor * Pump 1 Flow Rate Limit Control
Crank Speed Sensor  ECM * Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Control
Cam Angle Sensor 
CAN

MPDr.  Monitor
Work Mode  Controller

fNOTE: OP: Option

*: This control is for only the machine with the optional
parts equipped.

T2-2-2
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control, Other Control

Input Signal Output

Engine Control Dial  Valve Control (4-Spool/2-Spool Solenoid Valve Units)
Power Mode Switch  Power Digging Control
Auto-Idle Switch  Auto-Power Lift Control
Travel Mode Switch  Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control
Key Switch  Arm Regenerative Control
Pilot Shut-Off Switch  Digging Regenerative Control
Power Digging Switch  Arm 2 Flow Rate Control
Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration Control
Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Sensor  Muffler Filter Auto Regeneration Control
Pump 1 Control Pressure Sensor 
Pump 2 Control Pressure Sensor  Valve Control (Option)
Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)  Attachment Flow Rate Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)  Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control
Pressure Sensor (Swing)  MC Breaker 1 Control
Pressure Sensor (Travel)  Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve Pressure Control
Pressure Sensor (Front Attachment) 
Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) (OP)  Other Control
Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) (OP)  Work Mode Control
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor  Auto Shut-Down Control
Boom Bottom Pressure Sensor (OP)  Automatic Engine Stop Control at Low Temperature
Overload Alarm Switch (OP)  * Breaker Alarm Control
* Swing Alarm Control
Coolant Temperature  * Travel Alarm Control
Sensor * Overload Alarm Control
Crank Speed Sensor 
Cam Angle Sensor  ECM
Muffler Filter 
Regeneration Switch
CAN

MPDr.  Monitor
Work Mode  Controller

fNOTE: OP: Option

*: This control is for only the machine with the optional
parts equipped.

T2-2-3
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control
The engine control consists of the followings.

 Engine Protection Control

 Engine Control Dial Control
 ECO Control
 Power Mode Switch Control
 ECO Mode Control
 Travel HP Mode Control
 Auto-Idle Control
 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Auto-Warming Up Control
 Radiator Coolant Temperature Auto-Warming Up
Control
 Idle Speed-Up Control
 Engine Starting Idle Speed-Up Control
 Engine Speed Slow Down Control
 Heater Control
 * Attachment Operation Speed Increase Control
 * Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control

fNOTE: * This control is for only the machine with the

optional parts equipped.

T2-2-4
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control System Layout

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-001

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-5
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Protection Control

Purpose:
The engine protection control controls increasing the A
engine speed and promotes circulation of engine oil
immediately after the engine starts. Therefore, the engine F
(turbocharger) is protected from being damaged.

Operation:
1. When the engine starts, MC (8) sends the signals
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECM (13)
according to the signals from coolant temperature E
sensor (14) and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (1)
by using CAN communication (12). B
C D
2. ECM (13) set the engine speed to the auto warming-
up speed or slow idle speed and holds it for 3 to 6 A- Engine Speed E- Auto Warming-up Speed or
seconds. B- Engine Control Dial Position Slow Idle Speed
C- Slow Idle Position F- Fast Idle Speed
3. MC (8) deactivates the engine protection control D- Fast Idle Position
past the specified time after the engine starts.
4. ECM (13) returns the engine speed to the speed
according to other engine controls.

f NOTE: The priority is given to the engine protection

control. Therefore, the engine speed does not change
even if engine control dial (28) is operated at the engine
protection control. Other controls are activated after the
engine protection control is deactivated.

T2-2-6
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-038

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary 1) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-7
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Control Dial Control

Purpose: A
The engine control dial control controls the engine speed
according to the rotation angle of engine control dial (28).

Operation:
1. MC (8) sends the signals equivalent to the
target engine speed to ECM (13) by using CAN
communication (12) according to the rotation angle
(required engine speed) of engine control dial (28).
2. ECM (13) controls the engine speed according to B
C D
CAN communication (12).
A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
B - Engine Control Dial Position
C - Slow Idle Position

T2-2-8
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-002

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-9
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Control

Purpose: A
The ECO control reduces the engine speed by 100 min-1
from fast idle speed in order to reduce fuel consumption
and noise level when all the control levers are in neutral.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and all the
control levers are set to the neutral position
(pressure sensors (travel (5), front attachment (6)):
OFF), MC (10) sends the signal to ECM (13) by using
CAN communication (12) after one second. B
C D
2. ECM (13) reduces the engine speed by 100 min -1

from fast idle speed. A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position

B - Engine Control Dial Position
C - Slow Idle Position
Engine speed reduced (100 min-1) condition:
 Engine control dial (28):
Set the engine speed in the fast idle speed.
 Power mode switch (27): PWR

fNOTE: The ECO control is deactivated by MPDr. (9) fNOTE: When the engine speed set by engine control
temporarily or completely. The ECO control is activated dial (28) has already been slower than the fast idle speed
again when key switch (29) is turned OFF with the ECO by 100 min-1, the engine speed does not change. In
control deactivated temporarily. The ECO control is addition, this control is done regardless of whether the
always deactivated with the ECO control deactivated auto-idle control is done or not. The fast idle speed can
completely. (ECO Control Suspend) be corrected by MPDr. (9). (PWR (P) Mode Speed)

T2-2-10
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-003

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-11
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Power Mode Switch Control

Purpose:
The power mode switch control shifts the power mode
(ECO/PWR mode) by operating power mode switch (27).

Operation:
1. MC (8) receives the signal from power mode switch
(27).
2. When power mode switch (27) is pushed, MC (8)
changes power mode according to the setting of
Power Mode Selection and Power Mode Memory
Selection which are set up by using MPDr. (9). (Refer
to the table.)
3. MC (8) sends the signal equivalent to the target
engine speed according to the power mode to ECM
(13) by using CAN communication (12).
4. ECM (13) controls the engine speed according to
CAN communication (12).
5. In addition, MC (8) sends the power mode control
mode to monitor controller (10) by using CAN
communication (12).
6. Monitor controller (10) displays the power mode
control mode on monitor (11).

Power Mode Selection Power mode at the Power mode when key switch is ON next time
moment when key switch Power Mode Memory Power Mode Memory
is turned OFF Selection: OFF Selection: ON
ECO, PWR Mode Selection (Default) ECO ECO ECO
PWR ECO PWR
ECO Mode Keeping - ECO ECO
PWR Mode Keeping - PWR PWR

T2-2-12
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-004

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-13
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

ECO Mode Control

Purpose: A
The ECO mode control reduces the engine speed set
by engine control dial (28) according to pump control
pressure, pilot pressure, and average pump delivery
pressure in order to reduce fuel consumption.

Operation:
1. When the required engine speed by engine control
dial (28) is faster than the engine speed set by ECO
mode control and power mode switch (27) is in
the ECO mode position, MC (8) sends the signals B
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECM (13) C D
by using CAN communication (12) according to the
A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
following conditions.
B - Engine Control Dial Position
2. ECM (13) reduces the engine speed from the C - Slow Idle Position
required engine speed by engine control dial (28).
3. The engine speed becomes the required engine
speed by engine control dial (28) during travel
operation.
4. Therefore, proper traveling power is obtained.

Engine speed reduced condition:

 Control lever operation ratio: minimum (Pump 1
control pressure, or pump 2 control pressure: low) 
Deceleration ratio: Large
 Average pump delivery pressure: high 
Deceleration ratio: Small

T2-2-14
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-005

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-15
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel HP Mode Control

Purpose: A
The travel HP mode control increases the engine speed
and travels faster during travel operation.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (8) sends
the signals equivalent to the target engine speed to
ECM (13) by using CAN communication (12).
2. ECM (13) increases the engine speed to the travel
HP mode speed and travels faster.
B
C D
Condition:
 Engine control dial (28): Set the engine speed in the A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
B - Engine Control Dial Position
fast idle speed position. C - Slow Idle Position
 Pressure Sensor (Travel) (5): Outputting signal

T2-2-16
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDAD-02-02-015

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-17
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Idle Control

Purpose: A
The auto-idle control reduces the engine speed when
all the control levers are in neutral. Therefore, fuel E
consumption and noise level can be reduced.

Operation:
F
1. Approx. 3.5 seconds after the control lever is set to
the neutral position (pressure sensors (travel (5),
front attachment (6)): OFF) with auto-idle switch
(26) ON and coolant temperature at 10 °C or more,
MC (8) sends the signals equivalent to the auto-idle B
speed to ECM (13) by using CAN communication C D
(12).
A- Engine Speed F- Auto-Idle Speed
2. ECM (13) changes the engine speed into the auto- B- Engine Control Dial Position
idle speed. C- Slow Idle Position
D- Fast Idle Position
3. As soon as either control lever is moved (pressure E- Fast Idle Speed
sensors (travel (5), front attachment (6)): ON), MC (8)
returns the signals sending to ECM (13) into those
equivalent to the target engine speed set by engine
control dial (28).
4. ECM (13) returns the engine speed to the original
engine speed.

Auto-Idle Deactivation Condition:

 Control lever: Operated (pressure sensor (travel (5) or
front attachment (6)): ON)
 Power mode switch (27): Operated
 Engine control dial (28): Operated
 Coolant temperature: 9 °C or less

fNOTE: The auto-idle speed can be adjusted by MPDr.

(9). (AI Speed Adjustment)

T2-2-18
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-007

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-19
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Auto-Warming Up

Control
A
Purpose:
The hydraulic oil temperature auto-warming up control E
automatically warms up the hydraulic system.

Operation:
F
1. MC (8) receives the signal from hydraulic oil
temperature sensor (1).
2. When key switch (29) is in the ON or START position G
and hydraulic oil temperature is -20 to 0 °C, MC (8)
sends the signals equivalent to the target engine B
C D
speed to ECM (13) by using CAN communication
(12). A- Engine Speed F - Auto- Warming Up Speed
B- Engine Control Dial Position G - Slow Idle Speed
3. ECM (13) increases the engine speed to the auto- C- Slow Idle Position
warming up speed. D- Fast Idle Position
E- Fast Idle Speed
4. In 12 minutes after key switch (29) is set to the ON
or START position or when hydraulic oil temperature
is 2 °C or more, MC (8) deactivates the hydraulic oil
temperature auto-warming up control.
5. Therefore, ECM (13) returns the engine speed to the
engine speed set by engine control dial (28).

fNOTE: The engine slow idle speed and auto-warming

up speed can be adjusted by MPDr. (9). (Li Speed,
Warming Up Speed)

IMPORTANT: When adjusting the auto-idle speed,

deactivate the auto-warming up control by using
MPDr. (9). Wait adjustment until 12 minutes after
the engine starts.

fNOTE: The auto-warming up control can be

deactivated temporarily by MPDr. (9). Once key switch
(29) is turned OFF, the auto-warming up control is
effective again. (WU Control Suspend)

T2-2-20
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-008

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-21
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Radiator Coolant Temperature Auto-Warming Up

Control
A
Purpose:
The radiator coolant temperature auto-warming up E
control automatically warms up the engine.

Operation:
F
1. When key switch (29) is in the ON or START position,
MC (8) sends the signals equivalent to the target
engine speed to ECM (13) according to the signals
G
from coolant temperature sensor (14) by using CAN
communication (12). B
C D
2. ECM (13) increases the engine speed to the auto-
warming up speed. A- Engine Speed F - Auto- Warming Up Speed
B- Engine Control Dial Position G - Slow Idle Speed
3. When coolant temperature increases beyond the C- Slow Idle Position
specified value, MC (8) deactivates the radiator D- Fast Idle Position
coolant temperature auto-warming up control. E- Fast Idle Speed

4. ECM (13) returns the engine speed to the engine (min-1)

speed set by engine control dial (28).
1400

IMPORTANT: When adjusting the slow idle speed,

deactivate the auto-warming up control by using 1200
MPDr. (9), or wait adjustment until 12 minutes
after the engine starts. 1100
1050

fNOTE: The auto-warming up control can be

deactivated temporarily by MPDr. (9). Once key switch
(29) is turned OFF, the auto-warming up control is
-18 0 25 49 (°C)
effective again. (WU Control Suspend)
fNOTE: If the hydraulic oil temperature auto-warming
up control and radiator coolant temperature auto-
warming up control are activated at the same time,
MC (8) selects the control which the target engine
speed is faster and sends the signal to ECM (13) by
using CAN communication (12). The radiator coolant
temperature auto-warming up speed is changed due
to coolant temperature. Even if the engine is set at slow
idle speed with coolant temperature beyond 50 °C and
when coolant temperature decreases, the engine speed
increases again.

T2-2-22
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-009

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-23
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Idle Speed-Up Control

Purpose: A
The idle speed-up control prevents the engine from
hunting when the engine runs at slow speed.

Operation:
1. When the travel or front attachment operation is
E
performed while the engine is running at a speed
between slow idle and idle speed-up speed, MC (8)
sends the signals equivalent to the target engine
speed to ECM (13) by using CAN communication
(12). B
C D
2. ECM (13) increases the engine speed to the idle
speed-up speed. A- Engine Speed
B- Engine Control Dial Position
C- Slow Idle Position
D- Fast Idle Position
E- Idle Speed-Up Speed

T2-2-24
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-010

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-25
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Starting Idle Speed-Up Control

Purpose:
The engine starting idle speed-up control increases the A
engine speed and increases the engine oil pressure when
the engine starts.

Operation:
1. If engine control dial (28) is set below 1150 min-1
when the engine starts, MC (8) sends the signals
equivalent to the target engine speed to ECM (13) E
by using CAN communication (12).
2. ECM (13) increases the engine speed to the idle
speed-up speed. B
C D
3. MC (8) deactivates the engine starting idle speed-
up control in 15 seconds after the engine starts. A- Engine Speed
B- Engine Control Dial Position
4. Therefore, ECM (13) returns the engine speed to the C- Slow Idle Position
engine speed set by engine control dial (28). D- Fast Idle Position
E- Idle Speed-Up Speed

T2-2-26
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-011

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-27
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Engine Speed Slow Down Control

Purpose:
The engine speed slow down control reduces the engine A
speed to the slow idle speed in order to reduce loads of
the engine and hydraulic actuator when auto shut-down
control is carried out.

Operation:
1. MC (8) saves the engine speed at the moment when
auto shut-down control is carried out. C
2. MC (8) sends the signals that the engine speed
gradually decreases from the saved engine speed to
ECM (13) by using CAN communication (12). B

3. ECM (13) reduces the engine speed to the slow idle

speed according to CAN communication (12). A - Engine Speed C- Slow Idle Speed
B - Time
4. Then, the auto shut-down control stops the engine.
(Refer to Auto Shut-Down Control.)

T2-2-28
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-012

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-29
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Heater Control

Purpose: A
The heater control accelerates the warm up speed of the
heater in the cab by increasing the engine speed at the
low temperature.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and the engine
starts, MC (8) sends the signals equivalent to the
target engine speed to ECM (13) by using CAN
communication (12).
2. ECM (13) increases the engine speed beyond fast B
C D
idle speed.
3. If the heater control and other engine control are A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
B - Engine Control Dial Position
activated at the same time, MC (8) deactivates the C - Slow Idle Position
heater control and gives priority to other engine
control.

Condition:
 Engine control dial (28): Set the engine speed in the
fast idle speed position.
 Coolant temperature: Less than 5°C
 Control lever: Neutral (travel/front attachment)
 Pilot shut-off switch (30): OFF
(Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position)

fNOTE: The heater control can be made operable or

inoperable by MPDr. (9). The selected setting can be
saved even if key switch (29) is turned OFF. (Heater
Control Selection)

T2-2-30
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-013

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-31
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Attachment Operation Speed Increase Control (Only

Machine Equipped with Attachment Parts)
A
Purpose:
The attachment operation speed increase control
increases the maximum engine speed to the attachment
(breaker, pulverizer, crusher, or vibrating hammer)
operating engine speed set by MPDr. (9) when the
attachment is operated.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and the
attachment is operated, MC (8) sends the signals B
equivalent to the target engine speed set by MPDr. C D
(9) to ECM (13) by using CAN communication (12).
A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
2. ECM (13) increases the engine speed to the B - Engine Control Dial Position
attachment operating speed set by MPDr. (9). C - Slow Idle Position

Condition:
 MPDr. (9): Reset the maximum engine speed to a
faster (+) attachment (breaker, pulverizer, crusher, or
vibrating hammer) operating speed.
 Engine control dial (28): Set the engine speed in the
fast idle speed position.
 Power mode switch (27): PWR
 Auxiliary: Operated
 Work mode: Attachment mode
Attachment selected by using monitor (11) is set (+)
by MPDr. (9).

fNOTE: The fast idle speed can be adjusted by MPDr.

(9). When the fast idle speed is preset to a slower speed,
the maximum engine speed will not be increased when
operating the attachment. (PWR (P) Mode Speed)

fNOTE: Even if the attachment is not operated, the

increased engine speed can be kept for a specified time
by MPDr. (9). (ATT Speed Deceleration Waiting Time)

T2-2-32
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-014

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-33
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Attachment Operation Speed Limit Control (Only

Machine Equipped with Attachment Parts)
A
Purpose:
The attachment operation speed limit control reduces
the maximum engine speed to the attachment (breaker,
pulverizer, crusher, or vibrating hammer) operating
engine speed set by MPDr. (9) when the attachment
mode is selected.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist and the
attachment mode is selected, MC (8) sends the B
signals equivalent to the target engine speed set by C D
MPDr. (9) to ECM (13) by using CAN communication
A - Engine Speed D - Fast Idle Position
(12).
B - Engine Control Dial Position
2. ECM (13) reduces the maximum engine speed by C - Slow Idle Position
the attachment operating speed set by MPDr. (9).

Condition:
 MPDr. (9): Resets the maximum engine speed to a
slower (-) attachment (breaker, pulverizer, crusher, or
vibrating hammer) operating speed.
 Work mode: Attachment mode
Attachment selected by using monitor (11) is set
slower (-) by MPDr. (9).

T2-2-34
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1 9

2
3
4
5
30 6
7

11
29 10

28

12

27 8

26

25
13
24

23
16 17 18 19

22 14

15

21 20

TDBC-02-02-015

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 24- Slow Speed Position
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor 25- Fast Speed Position
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 26- Auto-Idle Switch
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 27- Power Mode Switch
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure 28- Engine Control Dial
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 29- Key Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 30- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Auto Shut-Down Signal
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor 23- Travel Mode Switch

T2-2-35
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Control
The pump control consists of the followings.

 Speed Sensing Control

 Radiator Coolant Temperature Pump Torque
Decrease Control
 Travel Torque-Up Control
 * Pump 1 Flow Rate Limit Control
 * Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Control

fNOTE: * This control is for only the machine with the

optional parts equipped.

T2-2-36
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump Control System Layout 9

1
2
3
4 11
5
6
7

10
27

12
26

25

13
18 19

14 16 17

15

21 20

22

23

24
TDBC-02-02-016

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 23- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor Limit Control Solenoid Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure (OP)
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 24- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure Limit Control Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 25- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 26- Engine Control Dial
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor 27- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-2-37
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Speed Sensing Control

Purpose:
The speed sensing control controls the pump delivery
flow rate in response to the engine speed changes due to
variations in load so that the engine output power can be
utilized more efficiently.
Engine stall is prevented when the machine is operated Q
under adverse conditions such as operating at high
altitude.

Operation:
1. The target engine speed can be set by engine
control dial (26).
2. MC (8) calculates the difference in speed between
the target engine speed and the actual engine
speed detected by CAN communication (12) from
ECM (13). Then, MC (8) sends the signals to torque
control solenoid valve (22).
3. Torque control solenoid valve (22) delivers the pilot
pressure according to the signals to the regulator
and controls the pump delivery flow rate. P

4. If the engine load increases and the actual engine

speed becomes slower than the target engine P- Pressure Q - Flow Rate
speed, the pump displacement angle is reduced
so that pump flow rate will be reduced. Therefore,
the engine load is reduced and engine stall is
prevented.

T2-2-38
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1
2
3
4 11
5
6
7

10
27

12
26

25

13
18 19

14 16 17

15

21 20

22

23

24
TDBC-02-02-017

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 23- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor Limit Control Solenoid Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure (OP)
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 24- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure Limit Control Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 25- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 26- Engine Control Dial
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor 27- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-2-39
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Radiator Coolant Temperature Pump Torque

Decrease Control

Purpose:
When the target engine speed is beyond the ECO mode
engine speed and coolant temperature increases, the
radiator coolant temperature pump torque decrease
control reduces the pump flow rate and pump driving
torque so that the engine overheating is prevented.

Operation:
1. When the target engine speed is beyond the ECO
mode engine speed and coolant temperature
increases, MC (8) activates torque control solenoid
valve (22).
2. Torque control solenoid valve (22) delivers the pilot
pressure according to the signals to the regulator
and decreases the pump delivery flow rate.
3. Therefore, the engine overheating is prevented
when coolant temperature increases.

fNOTE: The pump torque decrease control radiator

coolant temperature can be made operable or
inoperable by MPDr. (9).

T2-2-40
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1
2
3
4 11
5
6
7

10
27

12
26

25

13
18 19

14 16 17

15

21 20

22

23

24
TDBC-02-02-019

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 23- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor Limit Control Solenoid Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure (OP)
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 24- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure Limit Control Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 25- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 26- Engine Control Dial
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor 27- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-2-41
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel Torque-Up Control Q

B
Purpose:
The travel torque-up control effectively controls during b
A
single travel operation.
When travel operation is performed with the engine
running at slow speed, normally, the hydraulic pump
delivers pressure oil at the flow rate corresponding to
point A on the P-Q curve as illustrated. Therefore, if any
difference exists between pump 1 and pump 2 flow rate,
the machine will mistrack.
a
In order to prevent mistracking, when traveling the
machine with the engine running at slow speed, the
pump P-Q curve is raised and the pump delivers pressure
oil at the flow rate corresponding to point B (maximum P
flow rate).
When travel operation is made with the engine running
P- Pressure Q - Flow Rate
at fast speed, the pump P-Q curve is raised in order to a- Normal P-Q Curve b - Increased Torque P-Q Curve
improve travel function.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (8)
calculates the data including the signals from pump
1 delivery pressure sensor (18) and pump 2 delivery
pressure sensor (19) and sends the signals to torque
control solenoid valve (22).
2. Torque control solenoid valve (22) delivers the pilot
pressure according to the signals to the regulator
and increases the pump delivery flow rate.

Condition:
 Engine control dial (26): Slow speed
 Pressure Sensor (Travel) (5): Outputting signal
 Pressure Sensor (Front Attachment) (6): No signal

T2-2-42
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1
2
3
4 11
5
6
7

10
27

12
26

25

13
18 19

14 16 17

15

21 20

22

23

24
TDBC-02-02-020

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 23- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor Limit Control Solenoid Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure (OP)
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 24- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure Limit Control Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 25- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 26- Engine Control Dial
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor 27- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-2-43
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump 1 Flow Rate Limit Control (Only Machine

Equipped with Attachment)

Purpose:
The pump 1 flow rate limit control combines pressure oil
from pump 1 with pressure oil from pump 2 in order to
make up for pump flow rate for attachment operation
when attachment (mainly a vibrating hammer) is used Q
and pump 2 flow rate is lack. Then, the combined
pressure oil is delivered to the actuator. (Refer to SYSTEM /
Hydraulic System.)

Operation:
1. When the attachment is used with the travel control
lever set in neutral, MC (8) receives the signals from
pressure sensor (auxiliary) (7) (optional).
2. In response to attachment control operation, MC
(8) activates maximum pump 1 flow rate limit
control solenoid valve (23) (optional) and controls
maximum pump 1 flow rate.

fNOTE: The pump 1 delivery flow rate can be limited to P

35 % at the maximum by MPDr. (9). (P1 Maximum Flow
Rate Adjustment) P- Pressure Q - Flow Rate

T2-2-44
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1
2
3
4 11
5
6
7

10
27

12
26

25

13
18 19

14 16 17

15

21 20

22

23

24
TDBC-02-02-022

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 23- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor Limit Control Solenoid Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure (OP)
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 24- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure Limit Control Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 25- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 26- Engine Control Dial
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor 27- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-2-45
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Control (Only Machine

Equipped with Attachment)

Purpose:
The pump 2 flow rate limit control limits maximum pump
2 flow rate when a attachment (mainly a breaker) is used.

Operation: Q
1. When the attachment is used with the travel control
lever set in neutral, MC (8) receives the signals from
pressure sensor (auxiliary) (7) (optional).
2. In response to attachment control operation, MC (8)
activates maximum pump 2 flow rate limit control
solenoid valve (24) and controls maximum pump 2
flow rate.

fNOTE: The pump 2 delivery flow rate can be limited to

35 % at the maximum by MPDr. (9). (P2 Maximum Flow
Rate Adjustment)

fNOTE: When the auxiliary flow combiner solenoid P

valve stops, pump 2 flow rate can be adjusted finely by
monitor (11).
P- Pressure Q - Flow Rate

T2-2-46
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

1
2
3
4 11
5
6
7

10
27

12
26

25

13
18 19

14 16 17

15

21 20

22

23

24
TDBC-02-02-023

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 8- MC 18- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 23- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate
Sensor 9- MPDr. Sensor Limit Control Solenoid Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 10- Monitor Controller 19- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure (OP)
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 11- Monitor Sensor 24- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 12- CAN 20- Pump 1 Control Pressure Limit Control Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 13- ECM Sensor 25- Power Mode Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 14- Coolant Temperature Sensor 21- Pump 2 Control Pressure 26- Engine Control Dial
Attachment) 15- Engine Sensor 27- Key Switch
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 16- Cam Angle Sensor 22- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
(OP) 17- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-2-47
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Standard)

The valve control (standard) consists of the followings.

 Power Digging Control

 Auto-Power Lift Control
 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control
 Arm Regenerative Control
 Digging Regenerative Control
 Arm 2 Flow Rate Control
 Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration Control
 Muffler Filter Auto Regeneration Control

T2-2-48
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Standard) System Layout 11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-001

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-49
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Power Digging Control

Purpose:
The power digging control increases digging force by
temporarily increasing relief pressure.

Operation:
1. For maximum eight seconds after power digging
switch (34) is turned ON, MC (9) continuously
activates 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SG).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SG) delivers pilot
pressure to main relief valves (26) and increases
relief pressure. (Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION /
Control Valve.)

T2-2-50
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-002

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-51
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto-Power Lift Control

Purpose:
The auto-power lift control increases pressure when
raising the boom.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (9) activates
4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SG).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SG) delivers pilot
pressure to main relief valves (26) and increases
relief pressure. (Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION /
Control Valve.)

Condition:
 Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (2): Outputting signal
(The boom must be raised to a certain extent.)
(Reference: 1.7 MPa)
 Pump 1 delivery pressure sensor (22): High
(Reference: 31.5 MPa)
 Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (3): Specified pressure
or lower

fNOTE: This control system is activated during combined

operations except arm roll-in.

T2-2-52
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-003

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-53
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control

Purpose:
The travel motor displacement angle control controls the
travel mode.

Operation:
 Slow Speed
1. When travel mode switch (35) is in slow speed
position (36), the travel motor displacement angle is
kept in the maximum angle so that the travel speed
is slow.
 Fast Speed
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (9) shifts
4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SG).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SG) delivers pilot
pressure to travel motor displacement angle control
valve (32) and reduces the displacement angle to
the minimum, so that the travel speed increases.

Condition:
 Travel mode switch (35): Fast Speed (37)
 Pressure Sensor (Travel) (5): Outputting signal
 Pressure Sensor (Front Attachment) (6): OFF
 Pump 1 and 2 delivery Pressure Sensors (21, 22):
Delivery pressure of either pump is low. (Reference:
24 MPa or less)
 Pump 1 and 2 Control Pressure Sensors (23, 24):
Pump control pressure of either pump is high.
(Reference: 2.2 MPa or more)

fNOTE: When the track is raise off the ground and is

rotated, the one side pump control pressure increases,
so that the raised track rotates at fast speed. When the
machine is traveling at the fast speed and even if the
front attachment is operated (pressure sensor (front
attachment) (7): ON), the travel mode is kept at the fast
speed.

T2-2-54
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-004

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-55
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Arm Regenerative Control

Purpose:
The arm regenerative control accelerates the arm roll-in
speed in order to prevent arm hesitation during arm roll-
in operation.

Operation:
1. MC (9) activates 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25)
(SC) so that solenoid valve unit (25) (SC) delivers
pilot pressure when the signals from pump 1 and 2
delivery pressure sensors (21, 22), pressure sensor
(swing) (4), pressure sensor (arm roll-in) (3), and
pressure sensor (boom raise) (2) meet the following
conditions.
2. This pilot pressure shifts arm regenerative valve (31)
and the return circuit from arm cylinder rod side to
the hydraulic oil tank is closed.
3. Then, returning oil from the arm cylinder rod side is
combined with pressure oil from the pump and is
routed to the arm cylinder bottom side so that arm
roll-in speed increases and prevents arm hesitation.
(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION / Control Valve.)

Condition:
 Pump 1 and 2 delivery Pressure Sensors (21, 22):
Either pump 1 or 2 delivery pressure is low. (The arm
does not need much power to operate.) (Reference:
16.5 MPa or less)
 Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (3): High output. (The
arm control lever stroke is large.) (Reference: 0.5 MPa
or more)
 Pressure Sensor (Swing) (4) or Pressure Sensor (Boom
Raise) (2): Outputting signal

T2-2-56
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-005

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-57
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Digging Regenerative Control

Purpose:
The digging regenerative control increases arm roll-in
speed when operating digging (boom raise and arm roll-
in).

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (9) activates
4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SF).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SF) delivers
pilot pressure. This pilot pressure shifts digging
regenerative valve (27).
3. Pressure oil from boom cylinder rod side is
combined with pressure oil from pump 1. The
combined pressure oil flows to the arm 2 spool.
4. Pressure oil from the arm 2 spool is combined with
pressure oil from the arm 1 spool. The combined
pressure oil flows to the arm cylinder bottom side.
Therefore, arm roll-in speed increases.

Condition:
 Work mode: Digging
 Pump 1 and 2 delivery Pressure Sensors (21, 22): High
(Reference: 22 MPa or more)
 Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (3): Specified pressure
or higher
(Reference: 2.7 MPa or more)
 Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (2): Specified pressure
or lower
(Reference: 2.0 MPa or less)

T2-2-58
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-006

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-59
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Arm 2 Flow Rate Control

Purpose:
The arm 2 flow rate control maintains boom raise
operating speed when operating digging (boom raise
and arm roll-in).

Operation:
1. When any following conditions exist, MC (9)
activates 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SI).
2. 4-spool solenoid valve unit (25) (SI) delivers pilot
pressure. This pilot pressure shifts arm 2 flow rate
control valve (29).
3. Therefore, pressure oil which flows to the arm 2
spool from pump 1 is reduced by arm 2 flow rate
control valve (29).
4. Consequently, pressure oil which flows to the arm 2
spool from pump 1 is limited, flows to boom 1, and
maintains boom raise operating speed.

Condition:
 Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) (3): Outputting signal
 Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) (2): Outputting signal
 Pressure Sensor (Swing) (4): Outputting signal

T2-2-60
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-007

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-61
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Muffler Filter Manual Regeneration Control

Purpose:
The muffler filter manual regeneration control
regenerates the muffler filter manually when muffler
filter regeneration switch (15) is set to the ON position.
As it increases the pump load during muffler filter
regeneration, the load is applied to the engine. Therefore,
the exhaust temperature increases up to the temperature
that a catalyst in the muffler filter is activated.

Operation:
1. MC (9) receives the muffler filter regeneration signal
from ECM (14) by using CAN communication (10).
2. When all following conditions exist, MC (9) activates
2-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SZ), (SJ), and
torque control solenoid valve (20).
3. 2-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SZ) and torque
control solenoid valve (20) deliver pilot pressure.
This pilot pressure is routed to the pump 1 regulator
and increases pump 1 delivery flow rate.
4. 2-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SJ) delivers pilot
pressure. This pilot pressure shifts bypass shut-out
valve (30).
5. Therefore, the neutral circuit of pump 1 is blocked
and the neutral circuit pressure of pump 1 increases.
6. MC (9) receives the signal of the neutral circuit
pressure of pump 1 due to pump 1 delivery
pressure sensor (22).
7. MC (9) activates 2-spool solenoid valve unit (33)
(SJ) according to the signal from pump 1 delivery
pressure sensor (22) in order to set the neutral
circuit pressure of pump 1 to the target delivery
flow rate (8.0 MPa).
8. In addition, when coolant temperature is low, MC
(9) sends the signal equivalent to the target engine
speed to ECM (14) by using CAN communication
(10).
9. ECM (14) increases the engine speed and coolant
temperature rises.

Condition:
 Engine control dial (39): Slow idle speed position
 Pilot shut-off switch (41): OFF
(Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position)
 Muffler filter regeneration switch (15): ON position

T2-2-62
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20 P1
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34 P1

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-008

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-63
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Muffler Filter Auto Regeneration Control

Purpose:
The muffler filter auto regeneration control regenerates
the muffler filter automatically. As it increases the pump
load during muffler filter regeneration, the load is applied
to the engine. Therefore, the exhaust temperature
increases up to the temperature that a catalyst in the
muffler filter is activated.

Operation:
1. MC (9) receives the muffler filter regeneration signal 6. MC (9) receives the signal of the neutral circuit
from ECM (14) by using CAN communication (10). pressure of pump 1 due to pump 1 delivery
pressure sensor (22).
2. When any following conditions exist, MC (9)
activates 2-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SZ), (SJ), 7. MC (9) activates 2-spool solenoid valve unit (33)
and torque control solenoid valve (20). (SJ) according to the signal from pump 1 delivery
pressure sensor (22) in order to set the neutral
3. 2-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SZ) and torque
circuit pressure of pump 1 to the target delivery
control solenoid valve (20) deliver pilot pressure.
flow rate (8.0 MPa).
This pilot pressure is routed to the pump 1 regulator
and increases pump 1 delivery flow rate.
4. 2-spool solenoid valve unit (33) (SJ) delivers pilot
pressure. This pilot pressure shifts bypass shut-out
valve (30).
5. Therefore, the neutral circuit of pump 1 is blocked
and the neutral circuit pressure of pump 1 increases.
Condition:
 Eight hours have passed since the last regeneration.
 The output signal from the differential pressure
sensor is beyond the specified value before eight
hours have passed since the last regeneration.
 Engine control dial (39): Slow idle speed position
 Pilot shut-off switch (47): OFF
(Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position)

T2-2-64
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2
3 12
4 15
5 21 22
6
7 14 20 P1
8
41
17

40
24 23
39 16 18 19
9
38

25 26
37 28
36
35

34 P1

33 27

29

32
31 30 TDAD-02-02-009

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 21- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 30- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor 31- Arm Regenerative Valve
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 22- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 32- Travel Motor Displacement
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Sensor Angle Control Valve
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 23- Pump 1 Control Pressure 33- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Muffler Filter Regeneration Sensor 34- Power Digging Switch
6- Pressure Sensor (Front Switch 24- Pump 2 Control Pressure 35- Travel Mode Switch
Attachment) 16- Coolant Temperature Sensor Sensor 36- Slow Speed Position
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Engine 25- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 37- Fast Speed Position
(OP) 18- Cam Angle Sensor 26- Main Relief Valve 38- Power Mode Switch
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 19- Crank Speed Sensor 27- Digging Regenerative Valve 39- Engine Control Dial
(OP) 20- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 28- Control Valve 40- Key Switch
9- MC 29- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 41- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-65
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Option)

The valve control (option) consists of the followings.

 Attachment Flow Rate Control

 Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control
 Breaker 1 Control
 Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve Pressure Control

fNOTE: This control is for only the machine with the

optional parts equipped.

T2-2-66
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Valve Control (Option) System Layout 11

1 10
13
2 12
3
4
5 16 17
6
14
7
8

15

19 18
9

20 21
22 23 24

28

29

27
33

26
37

34

36 25

35

TDAD-02-02-010

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 19- Pump 2 Control Pressure 27- Overload Relief Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor (Auxiliary)
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 20- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 28- Travel Pilot Pressure
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Valve Unit 29- Attachment
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 21- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 33- Breaker Relief Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Engine Control Solenoid Valve 34- Selector Valve
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 16- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 22- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 35- Pilot Pump
Attachment) Sensor Solenoid Valve 36- Selector Valve Control
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 23- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Solenoid Valve
(OP) Sensor 24- Control Valve 37- Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Pump 1 Control Pressure 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve Control Valve
(OP) Sensor 26- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
9- MC Valve

T2-2-67
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Attachment Flow Rate Control

Purpose:
The attachment flow rate control reduces pressure oil
flowing through auxiliary during combined operation of
attachment and other actuators, supplies more pressure
oil to other actuators, and maintains the other actuator
operating speed except for auxiliary.

Operation:
1. When any following conditions exist, MC (9)
activates auxiliary flow rate control solenoid valve
(22).
2. Auxiliary flow rate control solenoid valve (22)
delivers pilot pressure. This pilot pressure shifts
auxiliary flow rate control valve (26).
3. Therefore, pressure oil flowing to auxiliary spool
from pump 2 is reduced by auxiliary flow rate
control valve (26).
4. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 2 is supplied
to the spools except for auxiliary and maintains the
other actuator operating speed.

Condition:
 During combined operation of boom raise, arm roll-
in, and attachment
 Pump 1 delivery pressure is low during combined
operation of swing, arm roll-in, and boom raise
 During travel operation

T2-2-68
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2 12
3
4
5 16 17
6 P2
14
7
8

15

19 18
9

20 21
22 23 24

28

29

27
33

26
37

34

36 25

35

P2 TDAD-02-02-011

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 19- Pump 2 Control Pressure 27- Overload Relief Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor (Auxiliary)
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 20- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 28- Travel Pilot Pressure
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Valve Unit 29- Attachment
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 21- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 33- Breaker Relief Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Engine Control Solenoid Valve 34- Selector Valve
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 16- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 22- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 35- Pilot Pump
Attachment) Sensor Solenoid Valve 36- Selector Valve Control
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 23- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Solenoid Valve
(OP) Sensor 24- Control Valve 37- Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Pump 1 Control Pressure 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve Control Valve
(OP) Sensor 26- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
9- MC Valve

T2-2-69
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control

Purpose:
The auxiliary flow combiner control combines pressure
oil from pump 1 with pressure oil from pump 2. The
combined pressure oil flows to the attachment. Therefore,
the attachment operating speed becomes fast.
The auxiliary flow combiner control does not combine
pressure oil from pump 1 with pressure oil from pump 2
during combined operation of travel and attachment, and
maintains the travel operation speed.

Operation:
1. When any following conditions exist, MC (9) shifts
auxiliary flow combiner control solenoid valve (21).
2. Auxiliary flow combiner control solenoid valve
(21) delivers pilot pressure from the attachment
pilot valve. This pilot pressure shifts auxiliary flow
combiner valve (23) and bypass shut-out valve (25).
3. Therefore, pressure oil from pump 1 is combined
with pressure oil from pump 2 through auxiliary
flow combiner valve (23). The combined pressure
oil flows to the attachment and the attachment
operating speed increases.
4. Travel pilot pressure (28) is routed to auxiliary flow
combiner valve (23) during combined operation of
travel and attachment.
5. Therefore, as auxiliary flow combiner valve (23)
is not shifted, pressure oil from pump 1 is not
combined with pressure oil from pump 2 and
maintains the travel operation speed. (Refer
to SYSTEM / Hydraulic System / Auxiliary Flow
Combiner Circuit and Flow Combiner Circuit.)

Condition:
 When using pulverizer or crusher
 Auxiliary Flow Combiner is ON by using MPDr. (11).

T2-2-70
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2 12
3
4
5 16 17
6
14 P2 P1
7
8

15

19 18
9

20 21
22 23 24

28

29

27
33

26
37

34

36 25

35

P2 P1
TDAD-02-02-012

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 19- Pump 2 Control Pressure 27- Overload Relief Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor (Auxiliary)
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 20- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 28- Travel Pilot Pressure
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Valve Unit 29- Attachment
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 21- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 33- Breaker Relief Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Engine Control Solenoid Valve 34- Selector Valve
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 16- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 22- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 35- Pilot Pump
Attachment) Sensor Solenoid Valve 36- Selector Valve Control
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 23- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Solenoid Valve
(OP) Sensor 24- Control Valve 37- Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Pump 1 Control Pressure 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve Control Valve
(OP) Sensor 26- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
9- MC Valve

T2-2-71
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Breaker 1 Control

Purpose:
The breaker 1 control reduces the breaker circuit pressure
in order to prevent the breaker from being damaged
when using breaker 1 (HSB breaker).

Operation:
1. When selecting breaker 1, MC (9) drives selector
valve control solenoid valve (36).
2. Pressure oil from pilot pump (35) is routed to
selector valve (34) and secondary pilot relief
pressure control valve (37) through selector valve
control solenoid valve (36).
3. Therefore, selector valve (34) is shifted and the
returning circuit of breaker is connected to the
hydraulic oil tank. In addition, secondary pilot
relief pressure control valve (37) is shifted and the
circuit of breaker relief solenoid valve (33) becomes
effective.
4. In addition, MC (9) activates breaker relief solenoid
valve (33) at the same time.
5. Therefore, the main circuit of breaker is connected
to the hydraulic oil tank and the breaker circuit
pressure is decreased, so that the breaker is
prevented from damage.

T2-2-72
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2 12
3
4
5 16 17
6
14 P2
7
8

15

19 18
9

20 21
22 23 24

28

29

27
33

26
37

34

36 25

35

P2
TDAD-02-02-013

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 19- Pump 2 Control Pressure 27- Overload Relief Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor (Auxiliary)
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 20- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 28- Travel Pilot Pressure
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Valve Unit 29- Attachment
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 21- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 33- Breaker Relief Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Engine Control Solenoid Valve 34- Selector Valve
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 16- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 22- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 35- Pilot Pump
Attachment) Sensor Solenoid Valve 36- Selector Valve Control
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 23- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Solenoid Valve
(OP) Sensor 24- Control Valve 37- Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Pump 1 Control Pressure 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve Control Valve
(OP) Sensor 26- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
9- MC Valve

T2-2-73
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auxiliary Overload Relief Valve Pressure Control

Purpose:
The auxiliary overload relief valve pressure control adjusts
the relief pressure according to the setting when overload
relief valve (auxiliary) (27) is equipped.

Operation:
1. MC (9) shifts the solenoid valves equipped for
overload relief valve (auxiliary) (27) according to the
setting when using the pulverizer or crusher.
2. Therefore, the set pressure of overload relief valve
(auxiliary) (27) is adjusted.

fNOTE: The relief pressure can be adjusted with monitor

(13).

T2-2-74
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

11

1 10
13
2 12
3
4
5 16 17
6
14
7
8

15

19 18
9

20 21
22 23 24

28

29

27
33

26
37

34

36 25

35

TDAD-02-02-014

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 10- CAN 19- Pump 2 Control Pressure 27- Overload Relief Valve
Sensor 11- MPDr. Sensor (Auxiliary)
2- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise) 12- Monitor Controller 20- Auxiliary Control Solenoid 28- Travel Pilot Pressure
3- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In) 13- Monitor Valve Unit 29- Attachment
4- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 14- ECM 21- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 33- Breaker Relief Solenoid Valve
5- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 15- Engine Control Solenoid Valve 34- Selector Valve
6- Pressure Sensor (Front 16- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 22- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 35- Pilot Pump
Attachment) Sensor Solenoid Valve 36- Selector Valve Control
7- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 17- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 23- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Solenoid Valve
(OP) Sensor 24- Control Valve 37- Secondary Pilot Relief Pressure
8- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out) 18- Pump 1 Control Pressure 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve Control Valve
(OP) Sensor 26- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
9- MC Valve

T2-2-75
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Other Control
The other control consists of the followings.

 Work Mode Control

 Auto Shut-Down Control
 Automatic Engine Stop Control at Low Temperature
 * Breaker Alarm Control
 * Swing Alarm Control
 * Travel Alarm Control
 * Overload Alarm Control

fNOTE: *: Depending on regional requirements, these

controls will be equipped as standard.

T2-2-76
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Work Mode Control

The work mode control consists of digging and
attachment 1 to 11. The mode can be selected by using
the monitor work mode.

 Digging Mode:
Normal control is performed.

 Attachment Mode:
This functions only when the attachment in the
optional kit is operated.
In response to attachment control operation,
increasing or decreasing engine speed (refer to T2-2-
32 to 35) and valve selection (refer to T2-2-66 to 75)
are controlled.
The engine speed and pump flow rate control
settings are made by MPDr.

fNOTE: As the attachment mode, one to eleven

attachment modes can be selected from breaker 1 to 5,
pulverizer 1 to 5, crusher 1 to 5, vibrating hammer 1 to 5,
grapple 1 to 5, and clamshell 1 to 5 by MPDr.

T2-2-77
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Auto Shut-Down Control

Purpose:
The auto shut-down control automatically stops the
fNOTE: The auto shut-down ON/OFF can be selected
and the time when auto shut-down control id activated
engine in order to reduce fuel consumption when the can be set by monitor (6).
operation is not carried out in a fixed time.

Operation: fNOTE: Return the key switch to the OFF or ACC position
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (2) sends and reset it to the START position, and the engine can
the auto shut-down signal to monitor controller (5) restart.
by using CAN communication (3).
2. Monitor controller (5) displays the auto shut-down
notice on monitor (6) and sounds buzzer (7) once
before 30 seconds for the auto shut-down enable
time set by monitor (6). Monitor controller (5)
sounds buzzer (7) continuously before 15 seconds.
(intermittent sound)
3. MC (2) reduces the engine speed to the slow idle
speed after the auto shut-down enable time is over.
(Refer to Engine Speed Slow Down Control.)
4. When the engine speed is reduced to the slow idle
speed, MC (2) turns auto shut-down relay (13) ON.
5. Therefore, the battery relay is turned OFF and the
engine stops. (Refer to SYSTEM / Electrical System.)

Condition:
 Pilot shut-off switch (15): OFF
(Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position)
 Auto shut-down: ON
 Overheat alarm: OFF
 Coolant temperature: 100 °C or less
 Muffler filter manual regeneration control: OFF
 Abnormal communication of ECM (8) or monitor
controller (5): None

T2-2-78
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

6
5

15
7
3

14 2

9
8

10 11 12

13
TDBC-02-02-026

1- Hydraulic Oil Temperature 5- Monitor Controller 9- Muffler Filter Regeneration 12- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure
Sensor 6- Monitor Switch Sensor
2- MC 7- Buzzer 10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 13- Auto Shut-Down Relay
3- CAN 8- ECM 11- Engine 14- Engine Control Dial
4- MPDr. 15- Pilot Shut-Off Switch

T2-2-79
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Automatic Engine Stop Control at Low Temperature

Purpose:
The automatic engine stop control at low temperature
f NOTE: This control is activated regardless of the auto
shut-down setting (ON/OFF).
stops the engine automatically when the machine is left
with the engine running at -20 °C or less. Therefore, the
muffler filter is protected from being damaged. f NOTE: Return the key switch to the OFF or ACC position
and reset it to the START position, and the engine can
Operation: restart.
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (2) sends
the auto shut-down signal to monitor controller (5)
by using CAN communication (3).
2. Monitor controller (5) displays the auto shut-
down notice on monitor (6) and sounds buzzer (7)
once before 30 seconds for the auto shut-down
enable time (60 minutes). Monitor controller (5)
sounds buzzer (7) continuously before 15 seconds.
(intermittent sound)
3. MC (2) reduces the engine speed to the slow idle
speed after the auto shut-down enable time is over.
(Refer to Engine Speed Slow Down Control.)
4. When the engine speed is reduced to the slow idle
speed, MC (2) turns auto shut-down relay (13) ON.
5. Therefore, the battery relay is turned OFF and the
engine stops. (Refer to SYSTEM / Electrical System.)

Condition:
 Pilot shut-off switch (15): OFF (60 minutes)
(Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position)
 Ambient temperature or intake-air temperature: -20
°C or less

T2-2-80
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

6
5
4
15
7

9
8

11

13

TDBC-02-02-039

1- Ambient Temperature Sensor 5- Monitor Controller 9- MAF (Intake-Air Temperature) 15- Pilot Shut-Off Switch
2- MC 6- Monitor Sensor
3- CAN 7- Buzzer 11- Engine
4- Air Conditioner Controller 8- ECM 13- Auto Shut-Down Relay

T2-2-81
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Breaker Alarm Control (Optional)

Purpose:
The breaker alarm control sounds the buzzer when the
breaker is used in a fixed time continuously.

Operation:
1. When the following conditions exist in a fixed time
continuously, MC (2) sends the signal to monitor
controller (5) by using CAN communication (3).
2. Monitor controller (5) sounds buzzer (7).

Condition:
 Work mode: Breaker 1 to 5
 Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) (1) (Optional): Outputting
signal

fNOTE: The breaker alarm control can be made operable

or inoperable by monitor (6).

3
6
2 5

7
TDAA-02-02-010

1- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary) 2- MC 4- MPDr. 6- Monitor

(Optional) 3- CAN 5- Monitor Controller 7- Buzzer

T2-2-82
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Travel Alarm Control (Only Machine with Optional

Parts Equipped)

Purpose:
The travel alarm control sounds the buzzer during travel
operation.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from pressure sensor
(travel) (1) when the travel operation is carried out.
2. As long as MC (2) receives this signal, MC (2) sends
the signals to travel alarm device (3) and sounds
buzzer (5).

fNOTE: After traveling continuously for more than

13 seconds, the alarm can be deactivated by buzzer
deactivation switch (4).

3 4

5
TDAA-02-02-011

1- Pressure Sensor (Travel) 3- Travel Alarm Device 5- Buzzer

2- MC 4- Buzzer Deactivation Switch

T2-2-83
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Swing Alarm Control (Only Machine with Optional

Parts Equipped)

Purpose:
The swing alarm control sounds the buzzer and turns on
the beacon light during swing operation.

Operation:
1. MC (2) receives the signal from pressure sensor
(swing) (1) when the swing operation is carried out.
2. As long as MC (2) receives this signal, MC (2) sends
the signals to swing alarm relay (3), sounds buzzer
(5), and turns on beacon light (6).

fNOTE: The alarm can be deactivated by buzzer

deactivation switch (4).

3 4

6
TDAA-02-02-012

1- Pressure Sensor (Swing) 3- Swing Alarm Relay 5- Buzzer

2- MC 4- Buzzer Deactivation Switch 6- Beacon Light

T2-2-84
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

Overload Alarm Control (Only Machine with

Optional Parts Equipped)

Purpose:
The overload alarm control sounds the buzzer and
fNOTE: The alarm pressure setting (Tipping Threshold
Boom CYL Bottom Pressure (EN Load Alarm)) of load in
displays the overload alarm when boom raise operation MC (2) can be adjusted by MPDr. (5).
such as suspending is overloaded.

Operation:
1. When all following conditions exist, MC (2) sends
the signal to monitor controller (6).
2. As long as receiving the signal from MC (2), monitor
controller (6) connects terminal #D7 to the ground
inside.
3. Monitor controller (6) sounds buzzer (8) and
displays the overload alarm on monitor (7).

Condition:
 Overload alarm: Enable
 Boom bottom pressure sensor (3): Output beyond
the specified pressure
 Overload alarm switch (1): ON
3 5

1 4

7
2 6

D7

TDAA-02-02-013

1- Overload Alarm Switch 3- Boom Bottom Pressure Sensor 5- MPDr. 7- Monitor

2- MC 4- CAN 6- Monitor Controller 8- Buzzer

T2-2-85
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 2 Control System

(Blank)

T2-2-86
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Outline
ECM (19) receives the signals from sensors and MC (30). Supply pump (24) is activated by the engine and
ECM (19) processes and activates two-way valve (20), produces high-pressure fuel. Common rail (23) distributes
suction control valve (26), and EGR motor (16) in order to high-pressure fuel produced by supply pump (24) to
control supply pump (24), injector (21), and the EGR valve. injector (21) in each engine cylinder. Injector (21) injects
high-pressure fuel from common rail (23).

6 7
1 8
2 9
3 10
4 11
5 12
13
14

15 16

28
17

30 19
18

22 20

29 27

26 21
23

24
25

TDBC-02-03-001

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 7- CSF Exhaust Temperature 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 25- Fuel Tank
Sensor Sensor 16- EGR Motor 26- Suction Control Valve
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 8- Crank Speed Sensor 17- Intake Throttle Position Sensor 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 9- Cam Angle Sensor 18- Intake Throttle 28- CAN
4- MAF Sensor 10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 19- ECM 29- Engine Oil Level Switch
5- Muffler Filter Differential 11- Boost Pressure Sensor 20- Two-Way Valve 30- MC
Pressure Sensor 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 21- Injector
6- DOC Exhaust Temperature 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor
Sensor 14- Intake Manifold Temperature 23- Common Rail
Sensor 24- Supply Pump

fNOTE:
 DOC: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
 CSF: Catalyzed Soot Filter

T2-3-1
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Control

ECM (19) detects the engine running condition according
to the signals from each sensor and MC (30), and controls
fuel injection amount, injection pressure, injection timing,
and injection rate.

Two-way valve (20) controls:

 Fuel Injection Amount Control
 Fuel Injection Timing Control
 Fuel Injection Rate Control
Suction control valve (26) controls:
 Fuel Injection Pressure Control

T2-3-2
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

6 7
1 8
2 9

3 10
4 11
5 12

13

14

15 16

28
17

30 19
18

22 20

29
27

26

23 21

24
25

TDBC-02-03-002

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 7- CSF Exhaust Temperature 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 25- Fuel Tank
Sensor Sensor 16- EGR Motor 26- Suction Control Valve
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 8- Crank Speed Sensor 17- Intake Throttle Position Sensor 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 9- Cam Angle Sensor 18- Intake Throttle 28- CAN
4- MAF Sensor 10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 19- ECM 29- Engine Oil Level Switch
5- Muffler Filter Differential 11- Boost Pressure Sensor 20- Two-Way Valve 30- MC
Pressure Sensor 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 21- Injector
6- DOC Exhaust Temperature 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor
Sensor 14- Intake Manifold Temperature 23- Common Rail
Sensor 24- Supply Pump

T2-3-3
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Amount Control

Purpose:
The fuel injection amount control controls the best fuel
injection amount.

Operation:
1. ECM (19) detects the engine speed according to the
signals from crank speed sensor (8) and cam angle
sensor (9).
2. MC (29) calculates the target engine speed
according to the signals from engine control dial
(37), sensors, and switches, and sends the signals
equivalent to it to ECM (19). (Refer to SYSTEM /
Control System.)
3. ECM (19) mainly controls fuel injection amount by
turning two-way valve (20) in injector (21) ON/OFF
according to the engine speed and the signals from
MC (29).

T2-3-4
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

45
6 7
44
1 8
43
42 46 2 9
41 3 10
40
4 11
39
38 5 12
13
14

15 16

37

17
36
29 19 18

35 28
30
22 20

27

26
33
31
23

21

24

34 32
25

TDBC-02-03-003

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 26- Suction Control Valve 37- Engine Control Dial
Sensor 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor 38- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out)
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 14- Intake Manifold Temperature 28- CAN (OP)
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor 29- MC 39- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary)
4- MAF Sensor 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 30- Monitor Controller (OP)
5- Muffler Filter Differential 16- EGR Motor 31- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 40- Pressure Sensor (Front
Pressure Sensor 17- Intake Throttle Position Sensor Sensor Attachment)
6- DOC Exhaust Temperature 18- Intake Throttle 32- Pump 1 Control Pressure 41- Pressure Sensor (Travel)
Sensor 19- ECM Sensor 42- Pressure Sensor (Swing)
7- CSF Exhaust Temperature 20- Two-Way Valve 33- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 43- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)
Sensor 21- Injector Sensor 44- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)
8- Crank Speed Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 34- Pump 2 Control Pressure 45- Hydraulic Oil Temperature
9- Cam Angle Sensor 23- Common Rail Sensor Sensor
10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 24- Supply Pump 35- Auto-Idle Switch 46- Engine Oil Level Switch
11- Boost Pressure Sensor 25- Fuel Tank 36- Power Mode Switch

T2-3-5
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Pressure Control

Purpose:
The fuel injection pressure control controls the best fuel
injection pressure.

Operation:
1. ECM (19) calculates fuel injection amount according
to the engine speed and the signals from MC (29).
(Refer to Fuel Injection Amount Control.)
2. Common rail pressure sensor (22) sends the signals
according to pressure in common rail (23) to ECM
(19).
3. ECM (19) calculates the best fuel pressure in
common rail (23) according to the engine speed,
fuel injection amount, and the signals of common
rail pressure sensor (22).
4. ECM (19) activates suction control valve (26) in
supply pump (24) and supplies the best amount of
fuel to common rail (23).
5. Fuel according to fuel pressure in common rail (23)
is supplied to injector (21) from common rail (23) so
that fuel injection pressure is controlled.

T2-3-6
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

45
6 7
44
1 8
43
42 46 2 9
41 3 10
40
4 11
39
38 5 12
13
14

15 16

37

17
36
29 19 18

35 28
30
22 20

27

26
33
31
23

21

24

34 32
25

TDBC-02-03-004

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 26- Suction Control Valve 37- Engine Control Dial
Sensor 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor 38- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-Out)
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 14- Intake Manifold Temperature 28- CAN (OP)
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor Sensor 29- MC 39- Pressure Sensor (Auxiliary)
4- MAF Sensor 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 30- Monitor Controller (OP)
5- Muffler Filter Differential 16- EGR Motor 31- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure 40- Pressure Sensor (Front
Pressure Sensor 17- Intake Throttle Position Sensor Sensor Attachment)
6- DOC Exhaust Temperature 18- Intake Throttle 32- Pump 1 Control Pressure 41- Pressure Sensor (Travel)
Sensor 19- ECM Sensor 42- Pressure Sensor (Swing)
7- CSF Exhaust Temperature 20- Two-Way Valve 33- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure 43- Pressure Sensor (Arm Roll-In)
Sensor 21- Injector Sensor 44- Pressure Sensor (Boom Raise)
8- Crank Speed Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor 34- Pump 2 Control Pressure 45- Hydraulic Oil Temperature
9- Cam Angle Sensor 23- Common Rail Sensor Sensor
10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 24- Supply Pump 35- Auto-Idle Switch 46- Engine Oil Level Switch
11- Boost Pressure Sensor 25- Fuel Tank 36- Power Mode Switch

T2-3-7
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Timing Control Operation of Fuel Injection:

1. Fuel pressure is always applied to nozzle (6) in the
injector.
Purpose:
The fuel injection timing control calculates the best fuel 2. When turning electromagnetic coil (9) in two-way
injection timing. valve (2) ON, high-pressure fuel in control chamber
(5) returns to the fuel tank through orifice A (4).
Operation:
3. Therefore, hydraulic piston (10) is raised and nozzle
1. ECM calculates the fuel injection timing according
(6) is opened so that the injection starts.
to the engine speed and fuel injection amount.
4. When turning electromagnetic coil (9) in two-way
2. ECM turns two-way valve (2) in the injector ON/OFF
valve (2) OFF, valve (8) is closed and the circuit to
according to fuel injection timing.
the fuel tank is closed. High-pressure fuel from the
common rail flows to control chamber (5) through
Fuel Injection Rate Control orifice B (12).
5. Therefore, when high-pressure fuel flows to control
Purpose: chamber (5), hydraulic piston (10) is lowered by the
The fuel injection rate control improves combustion in pressure difference due to movement of hydraulic
the engine cylinder. piston (10). As nozzle (6) is closed, the injection
stops.
Operation:
1. The injector injects small amount of fuel (pilot
injection) first and ignites.
2. After igniting, the injector injects fuel (main
injection).
3. ECM controls fuel injection timing and fuel injection
amount by turning two-way valve (2) in the injector
ON/OFF.

T2-3-8
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

1. Two-way valve: ON 2. Injection Start

1 1

9 2 2

7 3 7 3
4

10

11

6 6

TDAA-02-03-014 TDAA-02-03-015

3. Two-way valve: OFF 4. Injection Stop

1 1

9 2 2

7 7

12

10 10

6 6

TDAA-02-03-016 TDAA-02-03-017

1- From ECM 4- Orifice A 7- From Common Rail 10- Hydraulic Piston

2- Two-Way Valve 5- Control Chamber 8- Valve 11- Spring
3- Returning to Fuel Tank 6- Nozzle 9- Electromagnetic Coil 12- Orifice B

T2-3-9
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Fuel Injection Amount Correction Control

Purpose:
The fuel injection amount correction control corrects fuel
injection amount to the best fuel injection timing and
amount.

1. When the engine starts and the engine speed

is lower than the engine start correction speed,
ECM (19) corrects fuel injection amount. (Start
Correction)
2. In addition, ECM (19) corrects fuel injection amount
according to the signals from atmospheric pressure
sensor (2). (High Altitude Correction)
3. ECM (19) controls two-way valve (20) in injector (21)
and controls the best fuel injection amount.

T2-3-10
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

6 7
1 8
2 9

3 10
4 11
5 12

13

14

15 16

28
17

30 19
18

22 20

29
27

26

23 21

24
25

TDAA-02-03-019

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 7- CSF Exhaust Temperature 15- EGR Motor Position Sensor 25- Fuel Tank
Sensor Sensor 16- EGR Motor 26- Suction Control Valve
2- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 8- Crank Speed Sensor 17- Intake Throttle Position Sensor 27- Fuel Temperature Sensor
3- Intake-Air Temperature Sensor 9- Cam Angle Sensor 18- Intake Throttle 28- CAN
4- MAF Sensor 10- Coolant Temperature Sensor 19- ECM 29- Engine Oil Level Switch
5- Muffler Filter Differential 11- Boost Pressure Sensor 20- Two-Way Valve 30- MC
Pressure Sensor 12- Boost Temperature Sensor 21- Injector
6- DOC Exhaust Temperature 13- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 22- Common Rail Pressure Sensor
Sensor 14- Intake Manifold Temperature 23- Common Rail
Sensor 24- Supply Pump

T2-3-11
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

EGR Control
Purpose:
The EGR control re-circulates a part of exhaust gas in
fNOTE: EGR: Exhaust Gas Recirculation

intake manifold (12) and combines it with intake-air. fNOTE: The MAF (Mass Air Flow) sensor forms an
Therefore, combustion temperature is lowered and integral part with the intake-air temperature sensor. The
generation of oxide of nitrogen (NOx) is controlled. MAF (Mass Air Flow) sensor detects intake-air amount
from the air cleaner.
Operation:
 EGR Gas Amount Control
1. ECM (13) decides EGR gas amount according
to engine speed, fuel flow rate, intake manifold
temperature, coolant temperature, atmospheric
pressure, and intake-air temperature.
2. ECM (13) activates EGR motor (10), opens EGR valve
(8), and sends EGR gas to intake manifold (12) in
response to engine condition so that EGR gas is
combined with intake-air.
3. At the same time, ECM (13) detects the opening
amount of EGR valve (8) by using EGR motor
position sensor (9).

 EGR Gas Cooling

1. EGR gas is cooled by cooling system (6) in the EGR
gas passage.
2. Cooled EGR gas is combined with intake-air so that
combustion temperature is lowered and NOx is
generated lower than normal EGR gas.

T2-3-12
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

1 3

6
4

12

11
10

13

20 14
19 15
18
17
16

TDAA-02-03-020

1- From Air Cleaner 7- Inlet of Coolant 12- Intake Manifold 16- Intake Manifold Temperature
2- To Intercooler 8- EGR Valve 13- ECM Sensor
3- Exhaust 9- EGR Motor Position Sensor 14- Atmospheric Pressure Sensor 17- Common Rail Pressure Sensor
4- Engine 10- EGR Motor 15- MAF Sensor (Intake-Air 18- Coolant Temperature Sensor
5- Outlet of Coolant 11- Intake-Air (From Suction Temperature Sensor) 19- Cam Angle Sensor
6- Cooling System Intercooler) 20- Crank Speed Sensor

T2-3-13
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Preheating Control
1 2
Purpose:
Preheat control controls glow plugs which allows easier
cold weather starting, reduces white smoke and noise at 4
start up. And it adjusts length of time the glow plugs are
used to stabilize engine idle after start up.

Operation:
1. ECM (3) receives the signals from intake-air 5
temperature sensor (1) and coolant temperature
3
sensor (2). 16
2. When the key switch is set to the ON position,
current from terminal M (4) in the key switch flows 6
to glow plug relay (7).
3. ECM (3) connects the ground circuit of glow plug
relay (7) according to the signals from intake-air
temperature sensor (1) and coolant temperature 7
sensor (2) and controls time for current continuity of
glow plug (8).

TDAA-02-03-010

1- Intake-Air Temperature 5- Fuse Box

Sensor 6- From Battery
2- Coolant Temperature Sensor 7- Glow Plug Relay
3- ECM 8- Glow Plug
4- From Key Switch Terminal M

T2-3-14
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Alarm Control
Operation:
1. ECM (5) receives the signals from engine oil
pressure sensor (3), boost temperature sensor
(2), fuel temperature sensor (4), CSF exhaust
temperature sensor (9), and fuel filter differential
pressure sensor (1).
2. ECM (5) sends the signals to monitor controller (7)
according to the signals from each sensor by using
CAN communication (6).
3. Monitor controller (7) displays each alarm on
monitor (8).

1 2
3

8
5 7

TDAA-02-03-035

1- Fuel Filter Differential Pressure 3- Engine Oil Pressure Sensor 6- CAN 9- CSF Exhaust Temperature
Sensor 4- Fuel Temperature Sensor 7- Monitor Controller Sensor
2- Boost Temperature Sensor 5- ECM 8- Monitor

T2-3-15
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Muffler Filter
Outline
Muffler filter (1) is a device which removes particulate In addition, DOC exhaust temperature sensor (2), CSF
matter (PM) including the toxic substance of exhaust gas exhaust temperature sensor (3), and differential pressure
of the diesel engine. sensor (4) are equipped for muffler filter (1).
Muffler filter (1) consists of diesel oxidation catalyst (DOC) DOC exhaust temperature sensor (2) and CSF exhaust
(8), filter (CSF) (7), and sound deadening (6). temperature sensor (3) measure the temperature of
Diesel oxidation catalyst (8) oxidizes unburnt fuel and before and after diesel oxidation catalyst (8). Then, it is
raises exhaust temperature. used for control to function catalyst of diesel oxidation
Filter (7) traps particulate matter (PM), burns and remove catalyst (8) and filter (7) effectively.
PM by using high-temperature-exhaust gas with diesel Differential pressure sensor (4) measures differential
oxidation catalyst. Catalyst is applied onto filter (7). This pressure before and after filter (7) and detects PM
advances PM burning. trapping amount.

fNOTE:
 DOC: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
 CSF: Catalyzed Soot Filter

4
3 5
2
1

6
7
8
TDAE-01-02-015

1- Muffler Filter 3- CSF Exhaust Temperature 5- Differential Pressure Check 7- Filter (CSF)
2- DOC Exhaust Temperature Sensor Port 8- Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
Sensor 4- Differential Pressure Sensor 6- Sound Deadening (DOC)

T2-3-16
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Operation
1. Exhaust gas which burns in the engine cylinder is
supplied to filter (CSF) (2) through diesel oxidation
fNOTE: Diesel oxidation catalyst (1) is used during
mandatory regeneration of the muffler filter.
catalyst (DOC) (1) in the muffler filter.
2. PM is filtered by filter (2) when exhaust gas passes
through it.
3. The filtered exhaust gas is exhausted from sound
deadening (3) in the muffler filter.
4. In addition, PM filtered by filter (2) deposits in filter
(2).
5. The depositing PM is removed due to regeneration
of the muffler filter and exhausted as CO2. (Refer to
Muffler Filter Regenerative Control.)

1 2

TDAA-02-03-012

2 2 2
Filtration Deposition Regeneration

CO2

PM PM

TDAA-02-03-006

1- Diesel Oxidation Catalyst 2- Filter (CSF)

(DOC) 3- Sound Deadening

T2-3-17
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

Muffler Filter Regenerative Control

The muffler filter regenerative control burns PM which
deposits in filter (CSF) (5) by using the exhaust gas and
removes it. This is Regeneration. The regeneration of the
muffler filter consists of own regeneration and mandatory
regeneration. The mandatory regeneration consists of
auto regeneration and manual regeneration. (Refer to
SYSTEM / Control System.)

 Own Regeneration
1. The own regeneration regenerates by using the
high-temperature-exhaust gas without the diesel
oxidation catalyst (DOC) (6) function.
2. A catalyst is activated in case the exhaust
temperature of the inlet of filter (5) is higher. Then,
regeneration amount increases.

 Mandatory Regeneration
1. Fuel is injected (post injection (11)) to exhaust gas
which burns in engine cylinder (7) and exhaust
gas mixed with unburnt fuel is supplied to diesel
oxidation catalyst (6).
2. Diesel oxidation catalyst (6) oxidizes unburnt fuel
and raises exhaust temperature.
3. Therefore, exhaust temperature of the inlet of
filter (5) raises up to about 580 to 600 °C and
regeneration is carried out.

fNOTE: When exhaust temperature before filter (5) is

250 °C or more, post injection (11) is carried out. When
exhaust temperature before filter (5) is 250 °C or less,
multi-injection (10) is carried out and raises exhaust
temperature. Multi-injection (10) is carried out when
coolant temperature is 70 °C or more.
Auto Regeneration:
 The mandatory regeneration is automatically carried
out in 8 hours after the last regeneration. (Time
Regeneration)
 The mandatory regeneration is automatically carried
out when the output from differential pressure
sensor (4) is beyond the fixed value before 8 hours
after the last regeneration. (Differential Pressure
Regeneration)
Manual Regeneration:
 When Muffler Filter Regeneration Request is
displayed on the monitor, the regeneration is
manually carried out by setting the engine control
dial to the slow idle position, the pilot shut-off
lever to the LOCK position, and the muffler filter
regeneration switch to the regeneration position.

T2-3-18
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

2 3

6 5 TDAA-02-03-013

TDAA-02-03-022
8 9 10 11

1- ECM 3- CSF Exhaust Temperature 6- Diesel Oxidation Catalyst 9- Main Injection

2- DOC Exhaust Temperature Sensor (DOC) 10- Multi-Injection
Sensor 4- Differential Pressure Sensor 7- Cylinder 11- Post Injection
5- Filter (CSF) 8- Pilot Injection

T2-3-19
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 3 ECM System

(Blank)

T2-3-20
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Outline
The hydraulic system mainly consists of the pilot circuit
and main circuit.

Pilot Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Pilot Pump Pilot Valve Operation Control Circuit
Pump Regulator Pump Control Circuit
4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Muffler Filter Regenerative Control Circuit
2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Valve Control Circuit
Signal Control Valve Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit
Blade Signal Selector Valve Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit
(Optional)

Main Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Main Pump Control Valve Motor
Blade Pump (Optional) Blade Control Valve Cylinder
(Optional) Blade Cylinder (Optional)
Attachment (Optional)

T2-4-1
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Pilot Circuit
Outline:
Pressure oil from the pilot pump is used in order to
operate the following circuits.

 Operation Control Circuit

 Pump Control Circuit
 Muffler Filter Regenerative Control Circuit
 Valve Control Circuit
 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit
 Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit

T2-4-2
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

5 6

42 1 3 2 4 7

9 10
40
39 SB ST

SA
44

45 38 P2 P1
43 11

37 13 14

15 12
36
16
17
SZ
35
SJ 18 24
19
34
33 20
SG 21
SI 41
25
SF 22
SC 23
26

30
29 27
31 31

32 28

TDAD-02-04-001

1- Travel Pilot Valve 12- Regulator 26- Suction Filter 37- Auxiliary Flow Combiner
2- Pilot Valve (Left) 13- Flow Combiner Valve 27- Pilot Pump Control Solenoid Valve (OP)
3- Pilot Valve (Right) 14- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve 28- Pilot Filter 38- To Control Valve Spool
4- Auxiliary Pilot Valve 15- Boom Anti-Drift Valve 29- Pilot Relief Valve 39- Signal Control Valve
5- Operation Control Circuit 16- Arm Anti-Drift Valve 30- Valve Control Circuit 40- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve
6- Swing Parking Brake Release 17- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 31- Travel Motor 41- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Circuit 18- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 32- Travel Motor Displacement 42- Blade Pilot Valve (OP)
7- Swing Motor 19- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Angle Control Circuit 43- Blade Signal Selector Valve
8- Pump Control Circuit Valve 33- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (OP)
9- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate 20- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 34- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 44- Shuttle Valve (OP)
Limit Control Solenoid Valve 21- Main Relief Valve Solenoid Valve (OP) 45- To Blade Control Valve Spool
10- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 22- Digging Regenerative Valve 35- Muffler Filter Regenerative (OP)
11- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate 23- Arm Regenerative Valve Control Circuit
Limit Control Solenoid Valve 24- Control Valve 36- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
(OP) 25- Hydraulic Oil Tank

T2-4-3
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Operation Control Circuit

1. The pilot valve controls pressure oil from pilot pump
(20) and moves the spool in control valve (19).
2. In addition, signal control valve (26) is provided
between the pilot valve and control valve (19).
Shockless valve (25) is provided in the boom raise
circuit in signal control valve (26).
3. Shockless valve (25) reduces the returning oil
from control valve (19) when stopping boom raise
operation and dampens quick spool movement
in control valve (19). (Refer to COMPONENT
OPERATION / Signal Control Valve.)

T2-4-4
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

24 23 15 16 21

25

18 17
26

22

9 10 11 12 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 13 14

19

11
9 10 12
27

8
14
13 7

17 18
1
1

3 4

5 6

20

TDAD-02-04-017

1- Boom Raise 8- Bucket Roll-Out 15- Pilot Valve (Left) 22- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve
2- Boom Lower 9- Travel (Left Forward) 16- Pilot Valve (Right) 23- Travel Pilot Valve
3- Arm Roll-Out 10- Travel (Left Reverse) 17- Blade Raise 24- Blade Pilot Valve (OP)
4- Arm Roll-In 11- Travel (Right Forward) 18- Blade Lower 25- Shockless Valve
5- Swing (Left) 12- Travel (Right Reverse) 19- Control Valve 26- Signal Control Valve
6- Swing (Right) 13- Auxiliary 20- Pilot Pump 27- Blade Control Valve (OP)
7- Bucket Roll-In 14- Auxiliary 21- Auxiliary Pilot Valve (OP)

T2-4-5
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Pump Control Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT

OPERATION / Pump Device.)
 Pump Delivery Flow Rate Control by Pump Control
Pressure Pi
1. Pilot pressure from the pilot valve is selected by the
shuttle valve in signal control valve (7) so that pump
1 flow rate control valve (9) or pump 2 flow rate
control valve (8) in signal control valve (7) is shifted.
2. Pilot pressure oil from pilot pump (11) is supplied
to the regulator in pump 1 (15) or pump 2 (14) as
pump control pressure Pi by shifting pump 1 flow
rate control valve (9) or pump 2 flow rate control
valve (8).
3. The regulator increases and decreases the pump
delivery flow rate according to pump control
pressure Pi.

fNOTE: When operating boom (5) (raise/ lower), arm

(4) (roll-out/in), bucket (6) (roll-in/out), and travel (right)
(2), pump control pressure Pi is supplied to pump 1(15).
When operating boom (5) (raise), arm (4) (roll-out/in),
swing (3) (right/left), auxiliary (18), and travel (left) (1),
pump control pressure Pi is supplied to pump 2(14).

 Pump Control (Speed Sensing) by Torque Control

Solenoid Valve
1. Pilot pressure from pilot pump (11) is controlled by
torque control solenoid valve (13) and is supplied
to the regulators in pump 1 (15) and pump 2 (14) as
torque control pressure Ppc.
2. The regulator increases and decreases the pump
delivery flow rate according to torque control
pressure Ppc.

T2-4-6
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4 5 6 18

17

SZ

9 8

10

13
12
14 15

Pi Ppc

Ppc Pi
11 16 TDAD-02-04-003

1- Travel (Left) 7- Signal Control Valve 11- Pilot Pump 16- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate
2- Travel (Right) 8- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control 12- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate Limit Control Solenoid Valve
3- Swing Valve Limit Control Solenoid Valve (OP)
4- Arm 9- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control 13- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 17- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
5- Boom Valve 14- Pump 2 18- Auxiliary (OP)
6- Bucket 10- Control Valve 15- Pump 1

T2-4-7
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Muffler Filter Regenerative Control Circuit (Refer to

SYSTEM / Control System.)

Purpose:
The load is applied to the engine during manual or auto
regeneration of the muffler filter by increasing the load to
pump. Therefore, the exhaust temperature is raised up to
the temperature that a catalyst is activated.

 Pump 1 (4) Delivery Flow Rate Control by Muffler Filter

Manual or Auto Regeneration Control Pressure
1. When the conditions for muffler filter manual or
auto regeneration control exist, MC shifts 2-spool
solenoid valve unit (1) SZ and torque control
solenoid valve (5).
2. Therefore, pilot pressure oil from pilot pump (6) is
supplied to the regulator in pump 1 (4).
3. The regulator in pump 1 (4) increases the delivery
flow rate of pump 1 (4).

 Valve Control by Muffler Filter Manual or Auto

Regeneration Control Pressure
1. When the conditions for muffler filter manual or
auto regeneration control exist, MC shifts 2-spool
solenoid valve unit (1) SJ.
2. As 2-spool solenoid valve unit (1) SJ is shifted, pilot
pressure oil from pilot pump (6) is routed to bypass
shut-out valve (3). Then, bypass shut-out valve (3) is
shifted.
3. As bypass shut-out valve (3) is shifted and neutral
circuit (2) in pump 1 (4) is blocked, the neutral
circuit (2) pressure in pump 1 (4) increases.
4. Therefore, the load is applied to the engine by
increasing the load to pump.
5. Consequently, the engine exhaust temperature
is raised and regeneration of the muffler filter is
possible.

T2-4-8
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

SZ
2

SJ

3
4

TDAD-02-04-018

1- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 3- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 5- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
2- Neutral Circuit 4- Pump 1 6- Pilot Pump

T2-4-9
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Valve Control Circuit (Refer to COMPONENT

OPERATION / Control Valve.)
 Pilot pressure from pilot valve, 4-spool solenoid valve
unit (27) (SC, SF, SI, and SG), 2-spool solenoid valve unit
(29) (SJ), flow combiner valve control spool (2), bucket
flow rate control valve control spool (3), and arm 1 flow
rate control valve control spool (1) in signal control
valve (22) control the following valves.

 Boom Lower Pilot Pressure (24): Boom Anti-Drift

Valve (8)
 Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure (25): Arm Anti-Drift Valve
(14)
 Auxiliary Pilot Pressure (21): Auxiliary Flow Combiner
Valve (17), Bypass Shut-Out Valve (10) (When the
auxiliary spool is used.)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (27) SC: Arm
Regenerative Valve (12)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (27) SF: Digging
Regenerative Valve (11)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (27) SI: Arm 2 Flow Rate
Control Valve (9)
 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (27) SG: Main Relief Valve
(16) (increasing the set-pressure)
 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (29) SJ: Bypass Shut-Out
Valve (10)
 Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Solenoid Valve (28):
Auxiliary Flow Rate Control Valve (15) (When the
auxiliary spool is used.)
 Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control Solenoid Valve (23):
Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve (17), Bypass Shut-Out
Valve (10)
 Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool (2): Flow
Combiner Valve (4)
 Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool (3):
Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve (5)
 Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool (1): Arm
1 Flow Rate Control Valve (13)
 Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve (7): Boom Flow Rate
Control Valve (6) (Refer to Boom Lower Meter-In Cut
Control.)
 Blade Pilot Pressure (31): Blade Signal Selector Valve
(32), Bypass Shut-Out Valve (10)
 Blade Signal Selector Valve (32): Flow Combiner Valve
(4)

T2-4-10
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

30 18 19 20 21

22

1
31
2

4 16
SJ 25 24 23

29

3
17
5
32
15
28

14
27
6
SG
8
SI
24
SF 9
25
SC

TDAD-02-04-019
26 12 13 11 10
1- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 8- Boom Anti-Drift Valve 18- Travel (Right) 28- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
Control Spool 9- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 19- Arm Roll-In Solenoid Valve (OP)
2- Flow Combiner Valve Control 10- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 20- Boom Lower 29- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
Spool 11- Digging Regenerative Valve 21- Auxiliary 30- Blade (OP)
3- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve 12- Arm Regenerative Valve 22- Signal Control Valve 31- Blade Pilot Pressure
Control Spool 13- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 23- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 32- Blade Signal Selector Valve
4- Flow Combiner Valve 14- Arm Anti-Drift Valve Control Solenoid Valve (OP) (OP)
5- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve 15- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 24- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
6- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve Valve 25- Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
7- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 16- Main Relief Valve 26- Pilot Pump
Valve 17- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 27- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

T2-4-11
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Swing Parking Brake Release Circuit (Refer to

COMPONENT OPERATION / Swing Device.)
1. When operating the front attachment or swing,
pilot pressure which is selected by the shuttle valve
in signal control valve (5) shifts swing parking brake
release spool (6).
2. Consequently, release pressure SH is supplied to
swing motor (7) and the swing parking brake is
released.

Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Circuit

(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION / Travel Device.)
1. Pilot pressure from 4-spool solenoid valve unit (9)
SG controls displacement angle control valve (11) of
travel motor (10).

T2-4-12
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3 4 12

SH
6

7
9

SG 8

10

11

TDAD-02-04-006

1- Swing 5- Signal Control Valve 8- Control Valve 11- Displacement Angle Control
2- Arm 6- Swing Parking Brake Release 9- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit Valve
3- Boom Spool 10- Travel Motor 12- Auxiliary (OP)
4- Bucket 7- Swing Motor

T2-4-13
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Main Circuit
Outline
1. The main pumps (pumps 1, 2) draw hydraulic oil
from hydraulic oil tank (21). Pump 1 (19) delivers
pressure oil to 4-spool side (7) in control valve (6).
Pump 2 (18) delivers pressure oil to 5-spool side (5)
in control valve (6).
2. Blade pump (26) (optional) draws hydraulic oil from
hydraulic oil tank (21) and delivers hydraulic oil to
blade control valve (27) (optional).
3. The delivered hydraulic oil is supplied to the motor
or cylinder in response to the spool operation of
control valve (6) and blade control valve (27).
4. The returning oil from the motor or cylinder returns
to hydraulic oil tank (21) through control valve (6)
and oil cooler (22).
5. The returning oil from blade control valve (27)
(optional) directly returns to hydraulic oil tank (21)
without flowing through oil cooler (22).
6. When oil temperature is low (high viscosity) and oil
flow resistance increases in oil cooler (22), bypass
check valve (17) is opened and hydraulic oil directly
returns to hydraulic oil tank (21).

T2-4-14
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2

25

5 7 4

24

8 13

9 14

10 15
28
11 16

12

17
27

23
18 19 26

22

20 21

TDAD-02-04-007

1- Travel Motor (Left) 8- Travel (Left) Spool 15- Boom 1 Spool 22- Oil Cooler
2- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Auxiliary Spool 16- Arm 2 Spool 23- Swing Motor
3- Bucket Cylinder 10- Boom 2 Spool 17- Bypass Check Valve 24- Arm Cylinder
4- Boom Cylinder 11- Arm 1 Spool 18- Pump 2 25- Attachments
5- 5-Spool Side 12- Swing Spool 19- Pump 1 26- Blade Pump (OP)
6- Control Valve 13- Travel (Right) Spool 20- Suction Filter 27- Blade Control Valve (OP)
7- 4-Spool Side 14- Bucket Spool 21- Hydraulic Oil Tank 28- Blade Cylinder (OP)

T2-4-15
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Neutral Circuit
1. When the control lever is in neutral, pressure oil
from pump 1 (11) and pump 2 (12) pass through
control valve (2) and return to the hydraulic oil tank.

Single Operation Circuit

1. Pressure oil from pump 1 (11) flows to the spools of
travel (right) (5), bucket (6), boom 1 (8), and arm 2
(10) in control valve (2).
2. Pressure oil from pump 2 (12) flows to the spools of
swing (13), arm 1 (15), boom 2 (17), auxiliary (18),
and travel (left) (20) in control valve (2).
3. The boom and arm are actuated by pressure oil
from both of pumps. Pressure oil from two pumps
are combined and supplied together.

T2-4-16
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

21 4
1 2 3

5
20
19
6 7

18
17

16
8
9

15
14

10

13

12 11

TDAD-02-04-021

1- 5-Spool Side 7- Bucket Cylinder 13- Swing Spool 19- Attachment

2- Control Valve 8- Boom 1 Spool 14- Swing Motor 20- Travel (Left) Spool
3- 4-Spool Side 9- Boom Cylinder 15- Arm 1 Spool 21- Travel Motor (Left)
4- Travel Motor (Right) 10- Arm 2 Spool 16- Arm Cylinder
5- Travel (Right) Spool 11- Pump 1 17- Boom 2 Spool
6- Bucket Spool 12- Pump 2 18- Auxiliary Spool

T2-4-17
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Blade Circuit (Optional)

Neutral Circuit
1. When the control lever is in neutral, pressure oil
from blade pump (7) returns to the hydraulic oil
tank through blade control valve (6).

Single Operation Circuit

1. When the blade is operated, the blade signal
selector valve and bypass shut-out valve (5) are
shifted.
2. When the blade signal selector valve is shifted, the
pilot pressure from the blade signal selector valve
shifts flow combiner valve (2).
3. When flow combiner valve (2) is shifted, pressure oil
from pump 1 (8) is combined with pressure oil from
pump 2 (9) in control valve (1). Combined pressure
oil flows to blade control valve (6).
4. After pressure oil from blade pump (7) is combined
with pressure oil from pump 1 (8) and pump 2 (9) in
blade control valve (1), combined pressure oil flows
to blade cylinder (4).
5. Due to the above operation, the blade cylinder (4)
operating speed is increased.

fNOTE: Orifice (3) is provided in the flow combiner

circuit from pump 1 (8) and pump 2 (9) to ensure the
actuator speed except blade during combined operation
with blade.

T2-4-18
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

3
1 2 a

5 4

9 8

6
7
TDAD-02-04-022

a- Pilot Pressure from Blade b- Pilot Pressure from Blade Pilot

Signal Selector Valve Valve

1- Control Valve 4- Blade Cylinder 7- Blade Pump

2- Flow Combiner Valve 5- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 8- Pump 1
3- Orifice 6- Blade Control Valve 9- Pump 2

T2-4-19
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Combined Operation Circuit

 Swing/Boom Raise
1. When the boom is raised while swinging, pilot
pressure shifts the spools of swing (7), boom 1 (2),
and boom 2 (9).
2. Pressure oil from pump 1 (5) flows to boom cylinder
(3) through parallel circuit (1) and boom 1 spool (2),
and raises the boom.
3. Pressure oil from pump 2 (6) flows to swing motor
(8) through swing spool (7) and swings the machine.
4. At the same time, pressure oil flows through parallel
circuit (4) and boom 2 spool (9), is combined with
pressure oil from pump 1 (5), and flows to boom
cylinder (3) so that the boom is raised.

T2-4-20
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

9
3

6 5

TDAD-02-04-023

1- Parallel Circuit (Pump 1) 4- Parallel Circuit (Pump 2) 7- Swing Spool

2- Boom 1 Spool 5- Pump 1 8- Swing Motor
3- Boom Cylinder 6- Pump 2 9- Boom 2 Spool

T2-4-21
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

 Travel/Arm Roll-In
1. When operating arm roll-in while traveling, pilot
pressure shifts the spools of travel (right) (4), travel
(left) (2), arm 1 (10), and arm 2 (7).
2. At the same time, travel (right) pilot pressure
shifts the flow combiner valve control spool in
the signal control valve. Pressure oil (5) from the
flow combiner valve control spool flows to flow
combiner valve (3) and shifts flow combiner valve
(3).
3. Pressure oil from pump 1 (8) flows through travel
(right) spool (4) and activates travel motor (right)
(6).
4. At the same time, pressure oil flows to travel (left)
spool (2) through flow combiner valve (3) and
activates travel motor (left) (1).
5. Pressure oil from pump 2 (9) flows to arm cylinder
(11) through arm 1 spool (10) and moves the arm.
6. Therefore, pressure oil from pump 2 (9) is used for
the arm. Pressure oil from pump 1 (8) is equally
supplied to both left and right travel motors and the
machine can travel straight.

fNOTE: As the travel (right) circuit is a tandem circuit,

pressure oil from pump 1 (8) does not flow to arm 2 spool
(7).

T2-4-22
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 6

5
2 3 4

11

10

9 8

TDAD-02-04-024

1- Travel Motor (Left) 4- Travel (Right) Spool 6- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Pump 2
2- Travel (Left) Spool 5- From Flow Combiner Valve 7- Arm 2 Spool 10- Arm 1 Spool
3- Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool 8- Pump 1 11- Arm Cylinder

T2-4-23
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Auxiliary Circuit
1. When front attachment (10) such as hydraulic
breaker is operated, pilot pressure (3) from the
pilot valve for front attachment shifts auxiliary flow
combiner valve (2) and bypass shut-out valve (6).
2. Consequently, as neutral circuit (5) in 4-spool side
is blocked by bypass shut-out valve (6), pressure oil
from pump 1 (7) through auxiliary flow combiner
valve (2) is combined with pressure oil from pump
2 (8) so that combined pressure oil is supplied to
auxiliary spool (9).

fNOTE: During operation of boom (raise/lower), arm

(roll-in/out), bucket (roll-in/out), and travel (right), pilot
pressure (1) from the signal control valve is supplied
to port SN and auxiliary flow combiner valve (2) is not
shifted. (Refer to SYSTEM/Control System.)

T2-4-24
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

3 4
2
1 SM
SN

10

8 7

TDAD-02-04-025

1- Pilot Pressure from Signal 3- Attachment Pilot Pressure 5- Neutral Circuit (Pump 1) 8- Pump 2
Control Valve 4- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 6- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 9- Auxiliary 1 Spool
2- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Control Solenoid Valve 7- Pump 1 10- Attachment

T2-4-25
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Control

Purpose:
During boom lower operation with the front attachment
above the ground, pressure oil which flows to boom
cylinder (3) from the pump is cut. As the boom falls due
to own weight due to the boom regenerative circuit and
pressure oil from the pump is used for other actuators,
other actuators are given priority to operate. In addition,
in case meter-in cut control is deactivated with the track
raised, the boom is given priority to operate and jack-up
force increases.

fNOTE: The operation during combined operation of

boom lower and arm roll-in is explained here.

 Boom Cylinder Bottom Pressure: High (with the front

attachment above the ground)
1. When boom raise operation is changed to the
combined operation of boom lower and other
actuators, boom lower meter-in cut valve (3) is
shifted by boom cylinder (5) bottom pressure.
2. Boom flow rate control valve (selector valve) (2) is
closed by boom lower pilot pressure.
3. Back pressure in boom flow rate control valve
(poppet valve) (1) increases and boom flow rate
control valve (poppet valve) (1) is closed.
4. Pressure oil to boom 1 spool (4) from pump 1 (7) is
cut by boom flow rate control valve (poppet valve)
(1).
5. Pressure oil in the boom cylinder (5) bottom side
flows to the boom cylinder (5) rod side through
boom 1 spool (4) due to boom own weight.
6. As all pressure oil from pump 1 (7) is used for
actuators except the boom, the control speed
increases.

T2-4-26
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

11

10

5
4

8 7

TDAD-02-04-026

1- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 3- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 6- Arm 2 Spool 10- Arm Cylinder
(Poppet Valve) Valve 7- Pump 1 11- Boom 2 Spool
2- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 4- Boom 1 Spool 8- Pump 2
(Selector Valve) 5- Boom Cylinder 9- Arm 1 Spool

T2-4-27
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

 Boom Cylinder Bottom Pressure: Low (with the track

raised)
1. When boom raise operation is done with the bucket
set on the ground, boom lower meter-in cut valve
(3) is not shifted as boom cylinder (5) bottom
pressure is low.
2. As boom lower pilot pressure is released, boom flow
rate control valve (selector valve) (2) and boom flow
rate control valve (poppet valve) (1) are opened.
In addition, boom lower pilot pressure is routed to
boom 1 spool (4) and boom 2 spool (8), is routed
to bypass shut-out valve (9) through boom lower
meter-in cut valve (3), and moves spools.
3. Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows through boom
1 spool (4). Pressure oil from pump 2 (7) flows
through boom 2 spool (8), is combined with
pressure oil from boom 1 spool (4), and flows to
boom cylinder (5) rod side.

fNOTE: As boom 2 spool (8) is moved, combined

operation of travel with the track raised is possible.

T2-4-28
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2 3

4 5

7 6

TDAD-02-04-027

1- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 3- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 6- Pump 1
(Poppet Valve) Valve 7- Pump 2
2- Boom Flow Rate Control Valve 4- Boom 1 Spool 8- Boom 2 Spool
(Selector Valve) 5- Boom Cylinder

T2-4-29
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Bucket Regenerative Cut Circuit

Purpose:
When the load is heavy during bucket roll-in operation,
pressure oil at the bucket cylinder (3) rod side is returned
to hydraulic oil tank (5) without regeneration.
Therefore, pressure oil from pump 1 (4) flows to the
bucket cylinder and digging force increases.

 Regeneration (Pump 1 (4) delivery pressure: Low)  Regeneration Cut (Pump 1 (4) delivery pressure: High)
1. Pressure oil from pump 1 (4) is routed to bucket 1. When the load become heavy during bucket roll-
regeneration cut valve (1). in operation, bucket regeneration cut valve (1) is
shifted by pressure oil from pump 1 (4).
2. When the load is light during bucket roll-in
operation, bucket regeneration cut valve (1) is not 2. The returning oil from the cylinder rod side flows to
shifted. hydraulic oil tank (5) through bucket spool (2) and
bucket regeneration cut valve (1).
3. As the returning oil from the cylinder rod side is
reduced by bucket regeneration cut valve (1), the 3. Therefore, the pressure at bucket cylinder (3) rod
pressure at cylinder rod side is higher than that at side decreases and digging force is improved.
the cylinder bottom side.
4. Pressure oil from the cylinder rod side pushes to
open the check valve in bucket spool (2) and flows
to the cylinder bottom side.
5. The regeneration is done like this and the cylinder
speed increases.

T2-4-30
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 3

TDAD-02-04-028

1- Bucket Regeneration Cut Valve 3- Bucket Cylinder 5- Hydraulic Oil Tank

2- Bucket Spool 4- Pump 1 6- Bucket Regenerative Valve

T2-4-31
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

(Blank)

T2-4-32
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Outline (2-Piece Boom)

The hydraulic system mainly consists of the pilot circuit,
and main circuit.

Pilot Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Pilot Pump Pilot Valve Positioning Operation Control Circuit

Main Circuit:
Power Source Controller Supplied to
Main Pump Control Valve Cylinder

T2-4-33
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Pilot Circuit (2-Piece Boom)

Outline:
Pressure oil from the pilot pump is used in order to
operate the positioning operation control circuit.

T2-4-34
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

5
6

38 1 2 3 4 7

8 9

36
35 SB ST

SA
44

37 34 P2 P1
10
39
40 33 12 13

41 14
11
32 15
42
16
SZ
17 23
SJ

18
31
30 19
SG 20
SI 43
24
SF 21
SC 22
25

28 26
29 29

27

TDAD-02-04-029

1- Travel Pilot Valve 12- Flow Combiner Valve 25- Suction Filter 38- Positioning Pilot Valve
2- Pilot Valve (Left) 13- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve 26- Pilot Pump 39- Arm
3- Pilot Valve (Right) 14- Boom Anti-Drift Valve 27- Pilot Filter 40- Boom
4- Auxiliary Pilot Valve 15- Arm Anti-Drift Valve 28- Pilot Relief Valve 41- Positioning
5- Operation Control Circuit 16- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve 29- Travel Motor 42- Hose Rupture Valve
6- Swing Parking Brake Release 17- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 30- 4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit 43- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve
Circuit 18- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 31- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control 44- Shuttle Valve
7- Swing Motor Valve Solenoid Valve (OP)
8- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate 19- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve 32- 2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit
Limit Control Solenoid Valve 20- Main Relief Valve 33- Auxiliary Flow Combiner
9- Torque Control Solenoid Valve 21- Digging Regenerative Valve Control Solenoid Valve (OP)
10- Maximum Pump 1 Flow Rate 22- Arm Regenerative Valve, Arm 2 34- To Control Valve Spool
Limit Control Solenoid Valve Flow Rate Control Valve 35- Signal Control Valve
(OP) 23- Control Valve 36- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve
11- Regulator 24- Hydraulic Oil Tank 37- To Positioning Control Valve

T2-4-35
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Positioning Operation Control Circuit (Refer to

COMPONENT OPERATION / Control Valve.)
1. When operating the positioning pedal, pilot
pressure from positioning pilot valve (6) shifts
bypass shut-out valve (7), the spool in positioning
control valve (8), and hose rupture valve (12) (only
during positioning lower operation).
2. At the same time, pilot pressure from positioning
pilot valve (6) is supplied to swing motor (4) and
releases the swing parking brake.
3. In addition, pilot pressure from positioning pilot
valve (6) shifts pump 1 flow rate control valve (15) in
signal control valve (3) and pump 1 control pressure
Pi is supplied to the regulator in pump 1.

T2-4-36
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

6 1 2

16
3

10 15

11 4

13

10
5

12

14

11

8
TDAD-02-04-030

1- Arm 7- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 12- Hose Rapture Valve 16- Shuttle Valve
2- Boom 8- Positioning Control Valve (Positioning)
3- Signal Control Valve 9- Positioning Lower Pilot 13- Hose Rapture Valve (Arm)
4- Swing Motor Pressure 14- Hose Rapture Valve (Boom)
5- Control Valve 10- Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure 15- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
6- Positioning 11- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure Valve

T2-4-37
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Main Circuit (2-Piece Boom)

Outline:
1. The main pump (pump 1 (19) and pump 2 (18))
draws hydraulic oil from hydraulic oil tank (21).
Pump 1 (19) delivers pressure oil to 4-spool side (7)
in control valve (6). Pump 2 (18) delivers pressure oil
to 5-spool side (5) in control valve (6).
2. Delivered pressure oil is supplied to the motor and
cylinder according to operation of the spool in
control valve (6).
3. Return oil from the motor or cylinder returns to
hydraulic oil tank (21) through control valve (6) and
oil cooler (22).
4. When oil temperature is low (high viscosity) and oil
flow resistance increases in oil cooler (22), bypass
check valve (17) is opened and hydraulic oil directly
returns to hydraulic oil tank (21).

T2-4-38
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

1 2

25

5 7 4

24

8 13

9 14

10 15

11 16

12 27

17

23 18 19 26

22

20 21

TDBC-02-04-013

1- Travel Motor (Left) 8- Travel (Left) Spool 15- Boom 1 Spool 22- Oil Cooler
2- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Auxiliary Spool 16- Arm 2 Spool 23- Swing Motor
3- Bucket Cylinder 10- Boom 2 Spool 17- Bypass Check Valve 24- Arm Cylinder
4- Boom Cylinder 11- Arm 1 Spool 18- Pump 2 25- Attachments
5- 5-Spool Side 12- Swing Spool 19- Pump 1 26- Positioning Control Valve
6- Control Valve 13- Travel (Right) Spool 20- Suction Filter 27- Positioning Cylinder
7- 4-Spool Side 14- Bucket Spool 21- Hydraulic Oil Tank

T2-4-39
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

Positioning Circuit
Neutral Circuit
 When the positioning pilot valve is in neutral,
pressure oil from pump 1 (6) returns to the hydraulic
oil tank through the control valve.

Single Operation Circuit

 During positioning operation, the spools of bypass
shut-out valve (2) and positioning control valve (5)
are shifted.
 Pressure oil from pump 1 (6) flows through the
spool in positioning control valve (5) and moves
positioning cylinder (3).

Combined Operation Circuit

 During combined operation of positioning and
boom, arm, or bucket, pressure oil from pump 1 (6)
flows to positioning cylinder (3) through 4-spool side
parallel circuit (1) in control valve and the spool in
positioning control valve (5).

T2-4-40
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

2 3

4
4

6 5
TDAD-02-04-031

1- 4-Spool Side Parallel Circuit 4- Positioning Pilot Pressure

2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 5- Positioning Control Valve
3- Positioning Cylinder 6- Pump 1

T2-4-41
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 4 Hydraulic System

(Blank)

T2-4-42
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Outline
The electrical circuit is broadly divided into the main
circuit, monitor circuit, accessory circuit, and control
circuit.

 Main Circuit:
Operates the engine and the accessory related circuits.

 Monitor Circuit:
Displays the machine operating conditions. Consists of
monitor controller, monitors, relays, and switches.

 Accessory Circuit:
Operates the accessory circuit. Consists of wiper/light
controller, relays, and switches.

 Control Circuit:
Controls the engine, pump, and valve. Consists of the
actuators such as solenoid valves, MC, ECM, sensors,
and switches.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)

T2-5-1
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Main Circuit
The major functions and circuits in the main circuit are as
follows.

 Electric Power Circuit: Supplies all electric power to

all electrical systems on the machine.
{Key switch, Battery, Fuses (Fuse box, Fusible link)}
 CAN Circuit: Performs communication between each
controller.
 Accessory Circuit: Is operated when the key switch is
in the ACC position.
 Starting Circuit: Starts the engine.
(Key switch, Starter, Starter relay 1)
 Charging Circuit: Supplies electric power to the
batteries and charges them.
{Alternator, (Regulator)}
 Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit: Prevents the
occurrence of serge voltage developed when
stopping the engine.
(Load Dump Relay)
 Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key switch: ON):
Supplies pressure oil from the pilot pump to the pilot
valve by the pilot shut-off solenoid valve.
(Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve, Pilot Shut-Off Lever)
 Auto Shut-Down Circuit/Automatic Engine Stop
Circuit at Low Temperature:
Stops the engine automatically when the fixed
conditions exist.
(MC, Auto Shut-Down Relay, ACC Cut Relay, Key
Switch ON Cut Relay)
 Engine Stop Circuit (Key Switch: OFF):
Stops the engine by using ECM.
(MC, ECM)

T2-5-2
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-3
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Electric Power Circuit (Key Switch: OFF)

The battery (1) minus terminal is grounded to the body.
Current from the battery (1) plus terminal flows as shown
below when key switch (5) is in the OFF position.

Battery (1) Fusible Link (2) Glow Plug Relay (Power) (3)
Key Switch (5) Terminal B
Load Dump Relay (4)
Fuse Box (6) Terminal #8 ECM Main Relay (Power) (7)
Terminal #9 Monitor Controller (Backup Power) (13)
Switch Panel (14)
Cab Light (15)
Radio (Backup Power) (16)
Security Horn (Power) (17)
Security Horn Relay (Power) (18)
Terminal #10 MC (Power) (10)
GSM (Power) (11)
Wiper/Light Controller (Power) (12)
Terminal #19 Horn Relay (Power) (8)
Terminal #20 Option (9)

T2-5-4
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3 4

1 2

8 19 9 10 20 6

7 9

8 10
11
12

13
14
15
16
17
18
TDAA-02-05-018

1- Battery 7- ECM Main Relay (Power) 13- Monitor Controller (Backup 18- Security Horn Relay (Power)
2- Fusible Link 8- Horn Relay (Power) power)
3- Glow Plug Relay (Power) 9- Option 14- Switch Panel
4- Load Dump Relay 10- MC (Power) 15- Cab Light
5- Key Switch 11- GSM (Power) 16- Radio (Backup Power)
6- Fuse Box 12- Wiper/Light Controller (Power) 17- Security Horn (Power)

T2-5-5
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

CAN Circuit
CAN (Controller Area Network) is ISO Standards of the
serial communication protocol.
Two networks (CAN bus (4)), CAN 0 (1) and CAN 1 (5) are
equipped for this machine.
CAN 0 (1) is used for the engine control. CAN 1 (5) is used
for the accessories.
CAN bus (4) consists of two harnesses, CAN-H (High) (2)
and CAN-L (Low) (3).
Each controller judges the CAN bus (4) level due to
potential difference between CAN-H (High) (2) and CAN-L
(Low) (3).
Each controller arranges the CAN bus (4) level and sends
the signal and data to other controllers.
In addition, termination resistors (120 Ω) (6) are installed
to both ends of the CAN harness.

T2-5-6
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3
4
2

3
TDAA-02-05-001

10

6 1 6

7
15

11
5

8 16

6
12 13 14

TDBC-02-01-001

1- CAN0 5- CAN1 9- GSM 13- Radio Controller

2- CAN-H (High) 6- Termination Resistor (120 Ω) 10- Monitor Controller 14- Air Conditioner Controller
3- CAN-L (Low) 7- ECM (Engine Controller) 11- MPDr. 15- Monitor Control Unit
4- CAN Bus 8- MC (Main Controller) 12- Wiper/Light Controller 16- Information Control Unit

T2-5-7
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Accessory Circuit
1. When key switch (2) is set to the ACC position,
terminal B is connected to terminal ACC (3) in key
switch (2).
2. Current from terminal ACC (3) in key switch (2)
flows as shown below and makes each accessory
operable.

Key Switch ACC Cut Relay (4) Fuse Box (5) Terminal #12 Wiper/Light Controller (9)
Terminal ACC (3) Radio (10)
Terminal #13 Cigar Lighter (7)
Terminal #14 Monitor Controller (6)
Fuse Box (5) Terminal #15 Auxiliary (8)

T2-5-8
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3
2

13 15 12 14 5

7 6

9
10

TDAA-02-05-019

1- Battery 5- Fuse Box 9- Wiper/Light Controller

2- Key Switch 6- Monitor Controller 10- Radio
3- Terminal ACC 7- Cigar Lighter
4- ACC Cut Relay 8- Auxiliary

T2-5-9
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Starting Circuit (Key Switch: START)

1. When key switch (7) is set to START position (6),
terminal B is connected to terminals M (8) and ST (9)
in key switch (7).
2. Current from terminal M (8) excites battery relay (4)
through key switch ON cut relay (10). Current from
battery (1) is routed to terminal B of starter (2) and
terminal B of starter relay 1 (3) through battery relay
(4).
3. In addition, current from terminal M (8) in key
switch (7) flows to fuse #17 through key switch ON
cut relay (10).
4. Current from fuse #17 flows to GSM (11), monitor
controller (13), ECM (15), and MC (16) as a signal
indicating that key switch (7) is in ON or START
position (6).
5. When ECM (15) receives this signal, ECM (15) turns
ECM main relay (14) ON.
6. Current from battery (1) flows to ECM (15) through
fuse #8 and ECM main relay (14), and the ECM (15)
main power is turned ON.
7. ECM (15) makes the engine starting condition.
8. Current from terminal ST (9) flows to terminal S in
starter relay 1 (3) through starter cut relay (5).
9. Current flows to the coil in starter relay 1 (3) and
starter relay 1 (3) is turned ON.
10. Therefore, current flows to terminal S in starter (2)
from terminal C in starter relay 1 (3).
11. Consequently, the relay in starter (2) is turned ON so
that the starter motor rotates.

T2-5-10
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

8 9

6 10

11
4 5
1

2 B
12
8 17 13
S
C
B
S

14

16

15

TDBC-02-05-003

1- Battery 5- Starter Cut Relay 9- Terminal ST 13- Monitor Controller

2- Starter 6- START Position 10- Key Switch ON Cut Relay 14- ECM Main Relay
3- Starter Relay 1 7- Key Switch 11- GSM 15- ECM
4- Battery Relay 8- Terminal M 12- Fuse Box 16- MC

T2-5-11
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Charging Circuit (Key Switch: ON)

1. After the engine starts and key switch (4) is released,
key switch (4) is returned to the ON position.
2. Terminal B is connected to terminals ACC (5) and M
(6) in key switch (4) with key switch (4) set in the ON
position.
3. Alternator (7) starts generating electricity with the
engine running. Current from alternator (7) terminal
B flows to battery (1) through battery relay (2) and
charges battery (1).
4. In addition, current from alternator (7) terminal L
flows to monitor controller (9) and GSM (8).
5. Monitor controller (9) detects the alternator (7)
generating electricity according to current from
alternator (7) and deletes the alternator alarm on
monitor.

T2-5-12
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

5 6
4

8 9

TDAA-02-05-008

1- Battery 4- Key Switch 7- Alternator

2- Battery Relay 5- Terminal ACC 8- GSM
3- ON Position 6- Terminal M 9- Monitor Controller

T2-5-13
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Alternator (5) Operation

 Alternator (5) consists of field coil FC, stator coil SC,  At the beginning, no current is flowing through field
and diodes D. coil FC. When the rotor starts rotating, alternate
 Regulator (6) consists of transistors T1 and T2, Zener current is generated in stator coil SC due to the rotor
diode ZD, and resistances R1 and R2. remain magnetism.
 Terminal M (4) in the key switch is connected to base  When current flows through field coil FC, the rotor is
B of transistor T1 through R, RF, (R), and R1. further magnetized so that the generating voltage
 When battery relay (2) is in the ON position, the increases. Thereby, current through field coil FC
battery (1) voltage is applied to base B of transistor increases. Therefore, generating voltage increases
T1 in regulator (6) so that collector C is connected further and battery (1) start charging.
to emitter E. Therefore, field coil FC is grounded
through transistor T1.

3 4 5 6

2
(R)

TDAA-02-05-004

1- Battery 3- To Key Switch Terminal B 5- Alternator

2- Battery Relay 4- From Key Switch Terminal M 6- Regulator

T2-5-14
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Regulator (6) Operation

 When generating voltage increases more than the  When generating voltage decreases lower than the
set voltage of Zener diode ZD, current flows to base set voltage of Zener diode ZD, transistor T2 is turned
B of transistor T2 and collector C is connected to OFF and transistor T1 is turned ON again.
emitter E.  Current flows through field coil FC and generating
 Current flowing to base B of transistor T1 disappears voltage at stator coil SC increases.
due to transistor T2 operation so that transistor T1 is The above operation is repeated so that alternator
turned OFF. (5) generating voltage is kept constant.
 No current flows through filed coil FC and generating
voltage at stator coil SC decreases.

3 4 5 6

2
(R)

SC

TDAA-02-05-003

1- Battery 3- To Key Switch Terminal B 5- Alternator

2- Battery Relay 4- From Key Switch Terminal M 6- Regulator

T2-5-15
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Surge Voltage Prevention Circuit

1. When the engine is stopped (key switch (4): OFF),
current from terminal M in key switch (4) disappears
and battery relay (2) is turned OFF.
2. The engine continues to rotate due to inertia
force just after key switch (4) is turned OFF so that
alternator (5) continues to generate electricity.
3. As the generating current cannot flow to battery
(1), surge voltage arises in the circuit and failures of
the electronic components, such as the controller,
possibly cause. In order to prevent the occurrence
of surge voltage, the surge voltage prevention
circuit is provided.
4. When alternator (5) is generating electricity, the
generating current from alternator (5) terminal L
flows to terminal #A15 of monitor controller (6).
Monitor controller (6) connects terminal #D8 to the
ground.
5. Therefore, current flows to the exciting circuit in
load dump relay (3) and load dump relay (3) is
turned ON.
6. Consequently, even if key switch (4) is turned OFF
with the engine running, current from battery (1)
continues to excite battery relay (2) through load
dump relay (3).
7. In addition, when a fixed time has passed since
alternator (5) stops generating electricity, monitor
controller (6) disconnect terminal #D8 from the
ground. Therefore, battery relay (2) is turned OFF.

T2-5-16
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

2 3

L
A15 D8

TDAA-02-05-009

1- Battery 3- Load Dump Relay 5- Alternator

2- Battery Relay 4- Key Switch 6- Monitor Controller

T2-5-17
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Pilot Shut-Off Circuit (Key switch: ON)

1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, pilot shut-off switch (5) is turned ON.
2. Current from fuse #4 flows to the ground through
pilot shut-off relay (2) and pilot shut-off switch (5)
so that pilot shut-off relay (2) is excited.
3. When pilot shut-off relay (2) is excited, the
ground circuit in pilot shut-off solenoid valve (3)
is connected to the ground through pilot shut-off
relay (2) and security relay (10).
4. Therefore, pilot shut-off solenoid valve (3) is turned
ON and pressure oil from the pilot pump is supplied
to the pilot valve.

 Neutral Engine Start Circuit

1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, the coil of starter cut relay (4) is connected
to the ground circuit.
2. When key switch (6) is set to the START position at
this time, starter cut relay (4) is excited.
3. When starter cut relay (4) is excited, the circuit
between terminal ST (7) in key switch (6) and
terminal S of starter relay 1 (9) is disconnected.
4. Therefore, when the pilot shut-off lever is in the
UNLOCK position, even if key switch (6) is set to the
START position, the starter does not rotate and the
engine does not start.

fNOTE: When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the

UNLOCK position, terminal #C1 of MC (11) is connected
to the ground. Therefore, MC (11) recognizes that the
pilot shut-off lever is in the UNLOCK position.

T2-5-18
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System
7
6

2 3 4 5

4 8

10

C1

11

TDBC-02-05-004

1- Battery 4- Starter Cut Relay 6- Key Switch 9- Starter Relay 1

2- Pilot Shut-Off Relay 5- Pilot Shut-Off Switch (Pilot 7- Terminal ST 10- Security Relay
3- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Shut-Off Lever) 8- Fuse Box 11- MC

T2-5-19
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Auto Shut-Down Circuit/Automatic Engine

Stop Circuit at Low Temperature
fNOTE: Return the key switch to the OFF or ACC position
1. Current from terminal M (4) excites battery relay (2) and reset it to the START position when restarting the
through key switch ON cut relay (6) with key switch engine.
(3) set in the ON position.
2. In addition, current from terminal M (4) flows to the
coils of auto shut-down relay (7), ACC cut relay (5),
and key switch ON cut relay (6) through fuse #18.
3. When all following conditions exist, MC (11)
connects terminal #B9 to the ground inside. (Refer
to SYSTEM / Control System.)
4. Therefore, auto shut-down relay (7) is turned ON.
ACC cut relay (5) and key switch ON cut relay (6) are
also turned ON at the same time.
5. Current indicating that key switch (3) is in the ON
position stops flowing to terminal #134 of ECM (10)
through fuse #17.
6. In addition, battery relay (2) is turned OFF at the
same time.
7. Therefore, this is the same case when key switch
(3) is set to the OFF position. ECM (10) stops fuel
injection of the injector and stops the engine.
8. When the engine stops, ECM (10) turns ECM main
relay (9) OFF.

Condition for Auto Shut-Down:

 Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position
 Auto shut-down: ON
 Overheat alarm: OFF
 Coolant temperature: 100 °C or less
 Muffler filter manual regeneration: OFF
 Abnormal communication of ECM and monitor
controller: None

Condition for Automatic Engine Stop at Low Temperature:

 Pilot shut-off lever: LOCK position (60 minutes)
 Ambient temperature or intake-air temperature: -20
°C or less

T2-5-20
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System
4
3

5 6

1
7

8
17 18

B9

11
134
10

TDBC-02-05-005

1- Battery 4- Terminal M 7- Auto Shut-Down Relay 10- ECM

2- Battery Relay 5- ACC Cut Relay 8- Fuse Box 11- MC
3- Key Switch 6- Key Switch ON Cut Relay 9- ECM Main Relay

T2-5-21
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Engine Stop Circuit

Even if key switch (1) is set to the OFF position, the
engine does not stop. (Emergency Stop)

When the engine does not stop due to some troubles

that the machine is failed or damaged with key switch
(1) OFF, set (lower) engine stop switch (5) to the ON
position. Then, the engine stops. After that, return
(raise) engine stop switch (5) to the OFF position.

dCAUTION: Do not use engine stop switch (5)

unless absolutely necessary. When the machine
stops due to the machine failure, do not start the
machine until repair is completed. 5 MDAA-01-290

1. If the engine does not stop after key switch (1) is set
to the OFF position, terminal B (2) continues to be
connected to terminal M (3) in key switch (1).
2. When engine stop switch (5) is set to the ON
position at this time, current from fuse #17 flows to
terminal #121 of ECM (7).
3. ECM (7) recognizes that engine stop switch (5) is in
the ON position. ECM (7) stops fuel injection of the
injector and stops the engine.
4. In addition, ECM (7) turns ECM main relay (6) OFF at
the same time. Then, ECM (7) is turned OFF.

fNOTE: Even if the starter rotates with engine stop

switch (5) set in the ON position, the engine does not
start.

T2-5-22
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System
2 3
1

4
17

121
7

TDBC-02-05-006

1- Key Switch 3- Terminal M 5- Engine Stop Switch 7- ECM

2- Terminal B 4- Fuse Box 6- ECM Main Relay

T2-5-23
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-24
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Monitor Circuit
The major functions and circuits in the monitor circuit are
as follows.

 Security Circuit:
Disconnects current for engine starting from the key
switch according to the signals from the external
alarm system or monitor controller. Turns the pilot
shut-off solenoid valve OFF and disconnects the
pilot circuit. Sounds the security horn at this time.
(Monitor Controller, Security Relay, Security Horn
Relay)
 Radio Circuit:
Operates the radio.
(Monitor Controller, Switch Panel, Radio)
 Air Conditioner Circuit:
Operates the air conditioner.
(Monitor Controller, Switch Panel, Air Conditioner
Unit)

T2-5-25
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Security Circuit
1. When monitor controller (6) receives the external
alarm signal from e-Service or the numerical keypad
password input error signal, monitor controller (6)
connects terminals #D15 and #D16 to the ground
inside.
2. Therefore, security horn relay (8), security relay (9),
and starter cut relay (2) are excited.
3. When security horn relay (8) is excited, current from
fuse #9 activates security horn (7).
4. When security relay (9) is excited, the ground circuit
in pilot shut-off solenoid valve (1) is disconnected
and pilot shut-off solenoid valve (1) is turned OFF.
5. Therefore, pressure oil which flows to the pilot valve
from the pilot pump is blocked by pilot shut-off
solenoid valve (1).
6. In addition, when starter cut relay (2) is excited, the
circuit between terminal ST (4) in key switch (3) and
terminal S of starter relay 1 (10) is disconnected.
7. Therefore, even if key switch (3) is set to the START
position, the engine does not start.

T2-5-26
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System
4
3

1 2

5
4 9 6

D16
D15
7

10 9

TDBC-02-05-007

1- Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve 4- Terminal ST 7- Security Horn 10- Starter Relay 1
2- Starter Cut Relay 5- Fuse Box 8- Security Horn Relay
3- Key Switch 6- Monitor Controller 9- Security Relay

T2-5-27
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Radio Circuit
1. The operation on switch panel (2) is displayed on
monitor (1) through monitor controller (3).
2. When the setting for radio (5) is adjusted on switch
panel (2), the signal is sent to monitor controller (3).
3. Monitor controller (3) sends the signal to radio
(5) by using CAN communication and radio (5) is
operated.

Air Conditioner Circuit

1. The operation on switch panel (2) is displayed on
monitor (1) through monitor controller (3).
2. When the setting for air conditioner is adjusted
on switch panel (2), the signal is sent to monitor
controller (3).
3. Monitor controller (3) sends the signal to air
conditioner unit (6) by using CAN communication
and air conditioner unit (6) is operated.

T2-5-28
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3
4

12 9 17 14

CAN1

TDBC-02-05-001

1- Monitor 3- Monitor Controller 5- Radio

2- Switch Panel 4- Fuse Box 6- Air Conditioner Unit

T2-5-29
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-30
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Accessory Circuit
The major functions and circuits in the accessory circuit
are as follows.

 Work Light Circuit:

Turns on the work light and boom light.
(Wiper/Light Controller, Switch Panel, Work Light
Relay)
 Wiper Circuit:
Operates the intermittent operation of wiper and the
washer.
(Wiper/Light Controller, Switch Panel, Wiper Relay,
Washer Relay)
 Cab Light Circuit:
Turns on/off the cab light by shifting the switch or by
opening/shutting the door.

T2-5-31
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Work Light Circuit

Work Light (9) Circuit
1. When work light switch (4) is set to the 1 position, 1
current from fuse #17 flows to terminal #A6 of
wiper/light controller (5) and switch panel (2), and
connects to the ground in switch panel (2).
2. Therefore, work light relay 1 (8) is turned ON and
current from fuse #1 turns on work light (9).
3. In addition, wiper/light controller (5) sends the
signal to monitor controller (3) by using CAN
communication.
4. Monitor controller (3) displays the operation of work
light switch (4) on monitor (1).
MDAA-01-222

Boom Light (10) Circuit

1. When work light switch (4) is set to the 2 position,
current from fuse #1 flows to terminal #A2 of
wiper/light controller (5) and switch panel (2), and
connects to the ground in switch panel (2).
2. Therefore, work light relay 1 (8) and work light relay
2 (7) are turned ON and current from fuse #1 turns
on work light (9) and boom light (10).
3. In addition, wiper/light controller (5) sends the
signal to monitor controller (3) by using CAN
communication.
4. Monitor controller (3) displays the operating
condition of work light switch (4) on monitor (1) and
changes the monitor (1) screen to the nighttime
mode screen.

fNOTE: When the monitor (1) screen is the nighttime

mode screen, push 0 on the numerical keypad switch for
a few seconds so that the monitor (1) screen is changed
to the daytime mode screen.

T2-5-32
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

3
6

1 17

CAN1

A6
A2

10 5

9
8
TDBC-02-05-002

1- Monitor 4- Work Light Switch 7- Work Light Relay 2 10- Boom Light
2- Switch Panel 5- Wiper/Light Controller 8- Work Light Relay 1
3- Monitor Controller 6- Fuse Box 9- Work Light

T2-5-33
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Wiper/Washer Circuit
3
Wiper Circuit
1. When wiper/washer switch (4) is set to the INT.
position, the signals according to the set intervals
are sent to wiper/light controller (5).
2. Wiper/light controller (5) connects terminal #B9 to 2
the ground inside according to the input intervals.
3. Therefore, wiper relay (6) is turned ON  OFF 1
repeatedly.
4. When wiper relay (6) is ON, current from fuse #2
flows to wiper motor (9) and the wiper is operated. M178-01-016

5. In addition, wiper/light controller (5) sends the

signal to monitor controller (2) by using CAN No. INT. Position Set Time
communication. 1 Slow Speed 8 seconds
2 Middle 6 seconds
6. Monitor controller (2) displays the operating
condition of wiper/washer switch (4) on monitor (3). 3 Fast Speed 3 seconds

Washer Circuit
1. While pushing wiper/washer switch (4), wiper/light
controller (5) receives the signals from wiper/washer
switch (4). 3
2. Wiper/light controller (5) connects terminal #A5 to
the ground inside and washer relay (7) is excited.
3. Current from fuse #2 flows to washer motor (8) and
washer liquid is jetted.
4. In addition, when pushing wiper/washer switch (4)
for 1.4 seconds or more, wiper/light controller (5)
turns washer relay (7) and wiper relay (6) ON.
5. Therefore, the washer and wiper are operated at the
same time.
MDAA-01-222

T2-5-34
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

1
2

2 17

CAN1

B9
A5

6 5 4

8
TDAA-02-05-015

1- Fuse Box 4- Wiper/Washer Switch 7- Washer Relay

2- Monitor Controller 5- Wiper/Light Controller 8- Washer Motor
3- Monitor 6- Wiper Relay 9- Wiper Motor

T2-5-35
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

Cab Light Circuit

Cab Light Switch (7): Door Interlocking Position (6) Cab Light Switch (7): ON Position
(Key Switch: ON)
1. Wiper/light controller (4) connects terminal #A7 to
1. When cab light switch (7) is set to door interlocking the ground inside.
position (6), current from fuse #9 flows to terminal
2. When cab light switch (7) is set to the ON position,
#B10 of wiper/light controller (4).
current from fuse #9 flows to terminal #A7 of wiper/
2. When the cab door is shut, door open/close switch light controller (4).
(3) is turned ON and terminal #B18 of wiper/light
3. Consequently, cab light (8) is always on with cab
controller (4) is connected to the ground.
light switch (7) set in the ON position.
3. Wiper/light controller (4) recognizes that the cab
door is closed and disconnects terminal #B10 from
the ground.
4. When the cab door is opened, door open/close
switch (3) is turned OFF and terminal #B18 of wiper/
light controller (4) is disconnected from the ground.
5. Wiper/light controller (4) recognizes that the cab
door is open and connects terminal #B10 to the
ground inside for thirty seconds.
6. Therefore, current from fuse #9 flows to terminal
#B10 of wiper/light controller (4) and turns on cab
light (8).
7. After cab light (8) is turned on for thirty seconds or
when the cab door is shut, wiper/light controller (4)
disconnects terminal #B10 inside from the ground.
8. Therefore, cab light (8) is tuned off.
9. Consequently, cab light switch (7) is in door
interlocking position (6), cab light (8) is turned on/
off by opening/shutting the cab door.

fNOTE: In case the cab door is open and the key switch is
set to the ON position, cab light (8) is not turned on with
cab light switch (7) set in door interlocking position (6).
When shutting the cab door once and opening it again,
cab light (8) can be turned on.

T2-5-36
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

2
9

B18

B10
5 A7

8 7 6 4

TDAA-02-05-016

1- Key Switch 3- Door Open/Close Switch 5- ON Position 7- Cab Light Switch

2- Fuse Box 4- Wiper/Light Controller 6- Door Interlocking Position 8- Cab Light

T2-5-37
 SECTION 2 SYSTEM
Group 5 Electrical System

(Blank)

T2-5-38
MEMO
MEMO
SECTION 3

COMPONENT OPERATION
CONTENTS
Group 1 Pump Device Travel Brake Valve................................................................ T3-5-8
Outline..................................................................................... T3-1-1 Overload Relief Valve........................................................T3-5-12
Main Pump............................................................................. T3-1-2 Travel Mode Control.........................................................T3-5-14
Regulator................................................................................ T3-1-4
Group 6 Signal Control Valve
Solenoid Valve.....................................................................T3-1-22
Outline..................................................................................... T3-6-1
Pilot Pump, Blade Pump (Optional).............................T3-1-24
Pilot Port.................................................................................. T3-6-2
Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor....................................T3-1-24
Shuttle Valve.......................................................................... T3-6-7
Pump Control Pressure Sensor.....................................T3-1-24
Shockless Valve...................................................................T3-6-10
Group 2 Swing Device Pump 1 and 2 Flow Rate Control Valve......................T3-6-14
Outline..................................................................................... T3-2-1 Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool,
Swing Reduction Gear....................................................... T3-2-2 Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool, Swing
Swing Motor.......................................................................... T3-2-3 Parking Brake Release Spool, Arm 1 Flow Rate
Swing Parking Brake........................................................... T3-2-4 Control Valve Control Spool.....................................T3-6-16
Valve Unit................................................................................ T3-2-6
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)
Group 3 Control Valve Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve........................................... T3-7-1
Outline..................................................................................... T3-3-1 Solenoid Valve....................................................................... T3-7-3
Hydraulic Circuit.................................................................T3-3-20 Hose Rupture Valve............................................................. T3-7-8
Flow Combiner Valve........................................................T3-3-26 Pilot Relief Valve.................................................................T3-7-14
Main Relief Valve................................................................T3-3-28 Recirculation Valve (Option)..........................................T3-7-15
Overload Relief Valve (with Make-Up Function).....T3-3-32
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)
Regenerative Valve............................................................T3-3-36
Swing Bearing....................................................................... T3-8-1
Anti-Drift Valve....................................................................T3-3-44
Center Joint............................................................................ T3-8-2
Flow Rate Control Valve...................................................T3-3-48
Track Adjuster........................................................................ T3-8-4
Digging Regenerative Valve...........................................T3-3-52
Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve...................................T3-3-54
Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve and Bypass
Shut-Out Valve...............................................................T3-3-56
Blade Control Valve (Optional), Positioning
Control Valve (Optional).............................................T3-3-60
2-Piece Boom (Optional).................................................T3-3-62
Blade Circuit (Optional)...................................................T3-3-66
Group 4 Pilot Valve
Outline..................................................................................... T3-4-1
Operation (Front Attachment / Swing and Travel
Pilot Valves)....................................................................... T3-4-3
Operation (Auxiliary / Blade / Positioning Pilot
Valve)................................................................................T3-4-11
Shockless Function (Only for Travel Pilot Valve)......T3-4-16
Group 5 Travel Device
Outline..................................................................................... T3-5-1
Travel Reduction Gear........................................................ T3-5-2
Travel Motor........................................................................... T3-5-4
Parking Brake......................................................................... T3-5-6

DADT-3-1
(Blank)

DADT-3-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Outline
The pump device consists of main pump [pump 1 The main pump is a swash plate type variable
(1), pump 2 (2)], pilot pump (3), and blade pump (4) displacement axial plunger pump. Pump 1 (1) and pump
(optional). 2 (2) are integrated as two units in one housing.
The engine output power is transmitted to shaft (9) via Pilot pump (3) and blade pump (4) (optional) are gear
coupling (10) and drives pump 1 (1), pump 2 (2), pilot pumps.
pump (3), and blade pump (4) (optional). Torque control solenoid valve (7) and maximum pump 2
flow rate limit control solenoid valve (8) are installed in
order to control the pump.
Pump delivery pressure sensors (11, 12) and pump control
pressure sensors (5, 6) are installed in order to control the
pump and valve.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)

4 3 2 1

8 7 6
TDAD-03-01-017

10
12 11 TDAD-03-01-018

1- Pump 1 6- Pump 1 Control Pressure 10- Coupling

2- Pump 2 Sensor 11- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure
3- Pilot Pump 7- Torque Control Solenoid Valve Sensor
4- Blade Pump (Optional) 8- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate 12- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure
5- Pump 2 Control Pressure Limit Control Solenoid Valve Sensor
Sensor 9- Shaft

T3-1-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Main Pump
The main pump supplies pressure oil to actuate the When cylinder block (1) rotates, plunger (2) oscillates in
hydraulic components such as motors or cylinders. In cylinder block (1) due to inclination of swash plate (4).
addition, each main pump is equipped with a regulator Then, hydraulic oil is drawn and delivered.
which controls the delivery flow rate. When the displacement angle of swash plate (4) is
Shaft (5) is connected to cylinder block (1) in each pump changed by servo piston 1 (3) and servo piston 2 (6), the
so that shaft (5) and cylinder block (1) rotate together. stroke of plunger (2) is increased or decreased, so that the
delivery flow rate of the main pump is controlled.

4 3 2 1 2 3 4

6 7 8 8 7 6 T176-03-01-004

7 8 8 7

T176-03-01-005

1- Cylinder Block 3- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 5- Shaft 7- Feedback Lever

2- Plunger 4- Swash Plate 6- Servo Piston 2 8- Link

T3-1-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Increasing and Decreasing Flow Rate

The displacement angle of swash plate (4) is changed 7
by movements of servo piston 1 (3) and servo piston 2
8
(6).
The regulator regulates movements of the servo 3
pistons. In addition, the displacement angle of swash
plate (4) is fed back to the regulator via feedback lever
(7) and link (8). 6

fNOTE: Refer to the following pages as for regulator 4

operation.

 Displacement Angle Control Operation T176-03-01-027

The center of swash plate (4) inclination is located at
point A as illustrated to the right. Minimum Displacement Angle:
Pilot pressure is constantly routed to servo piston 2 (6). A
When the circuit from servo piston 1 (3) is connected
to the hydraulic oil tank, swash plate (4) is rotated 3
clockwise around point A. 6
As two servo pistons 1 (3) are provided, when pilot
pressure is routed to both servo piston 1 (3) and servo
piston 2 (6), swash plate (4) is rotated counterclockwise 4
around point A.

 Feedback Operation
The end of feedback lever (7) is inserted into protrusion
part (9) on the side of swash plate (4). When swash 10
plate (4) is rotated, protrusion part (9) is also rotated TDAD-03-01-013
and moved, and feedback lever (7) is also moved
together.
Maximum Displacement Angle:
For example, when swash plate (4) is rotated from the
minimum to the maximum, the center of feedback A
lever (7) is moved from point B to point C as illustrated 7
8
to the right.
Therefore, link (8) is moved by feedback lever (7) and
the movement is fed back to the regulator.

10
9
C B TDAD-03-01-014

3- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 8- Link

4- Swash Plate 9- Protrusion Part
6- Servo Piston 2 10- Housing
7- Feedback Lever

T3-1-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Regulator
Regulator (17) controls the main pump flow rate in 15 16 17
response to the various command signal pressures so
that the pump driving power does not exceed the engine
17
output power. Pump 1 and pump 2 are equipped with
regulator (17) for each.

The major parts of regulator (17) are spring (1), sleeve A

(2), sleeve B (8), spool A (3), spool B (7), piston (4), load
piston 1 (5), load piston 2 (6), inner spring (9), outer spring
(10), torque control solenoid valve (16), and maximum
pump 2 flow rate limit control solenoid valve (15).

According to the various command signal pressures,

regulator (17) opens or closes the circuit to servo piston 1
(11) and the inclination of swash plate (12) is changed, so T176-03-01-005
that the pump delivery flow rate is controlled.
f NOTE: Primary pilot pressure Pg is constantly routed to 15- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
Limit Control Solenoid Valve
16- Torque Control Solenoid
Valve
servo piston 2 (14).
17- Regulator

In addition, each regulator (17) has the following controls.

 Control by Pump Control Pressure

 Control by Own and Partner Pump Delivery Pressure 11 12
 Control by Pilot Pressure from Torque Control
Solenoid Valve
 Control by Pilot Pressure from Maximum Pump Flow
Rate Limit Control Solenoid Valve (only Regulator for
Pump 2)

14

T176-03-01-004

11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 14- Servo Piston 2

12- Swash Plate

T3-1-4
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pump 1 Regulator Regulators for Pump 1 and Pump 2

1 2 3 4
1 3 Dr 2 4

5
Pi

Pd2 18
Pps
Dr
Pd1
Dr 9,10
6 8 7
Pg 13
11 a b 5 6 7 8 9 10
14
TPPP-03-01-007
Pump 2 Regulator

2 16 4 15
3
1
5 Pi

Dr 18

Pd2
Pps Dr
Pd1
Dr 9,10
6 8 7
Pg 13
11 a b
14

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pps- Torque Control Pressure a- Displacement Angle Increase
Tank

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pi- Pump Control Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From b- Displacement Angle
Pilot Pump) Reduction

1- Spring 7- Spool B 13- Link 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

2- Sleeve A 8- Sleeve B 14- Servo Piston 2
3- Spool A 9- Inner Spring 15- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Piston 10- Outer Spring Limit Control Solenoid Valve
5- Load Piston 1 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 16- Torque Control Solenoid Valve
6- Load Piston 2 12- Swash Plate 17- Regulator

T3-1-5
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Regulator Control Function

The regulator has the following four control functions. Q

 Control by Pump Control Pressure

When a control lever is operated, the pump flow rate
control valve in the signal control valve regulates
pump control pressure Pi in response to the control
lever stroke. When the regulator receives pump control
pressure Pi, the regulator controls the pump delivery
flow rate in proportion to pump control pressure Pi.
When the control lever is operated, pump control
pressure Pi increases and the regulator increases the 0 Pi
pump delivery flow rate. When the control lever is
returned to neutral, pump control pressure Pi decreases
Q- Flow Rate Pi- Pump Control Pressure
and the regulator decreases the pump delivery flow
rate.
Q
c
 Control by Own and Partner Pump Delivery Pressure
The regulators for pump 1 and pump 2 receive own d
pump delivery pressure Pd1 or Pd2 and parter pump
delivery pressure Pd2 or Pd1 as control signal pressures.
If the two-pump average pressures increase over the
set P-Q line, the regulator reduces both pump delivery
flow rates and the total pump output is returned to the
set P-Q line. Therefore, the engine is protected from
being overloaded. 0 P
In addition, as the P-Q line has been designated in
order to jointly regulate both pump operations, both
pump delivery flow rates are regulated almost equally Q- Flow Rate c- Pressure Increase
to each other. P- Pressure d- Flow Rate Decrease
Therefore, the higher-pressure side pump is loaded
more than the lower-pressure side pump, and the total Dr
pump output matches with the engine output power.

Pi

Pd2 18
Pps
Dr

Pd1

Dr

Pg

a b
TDAA-03-01-003

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pilot Pump)
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil a- Displacement Angle Increase
Tank b- Displacement Angle
Pi- Pump Control Pressure Reduction
Pps- Torque Control Pressure

18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-6
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

 Control by Pilot Pressure from Torque Control Solenoid Q

Valve
MC (main controller) sends the signals to the torque
control solenoid valve according to the engine speed
and the signals from sensors.
The torque control solenoid valve delivers torque
control pilot pressure Pps to the regulator in response
to the signals from MC. When receiving torque control
pilot pressure Pps, the regulator reduces the pump
delivery flow rate.
0 P
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
Q- Flow Rate P- Pressure

Dr

Pi

Pd2 18
Pps
Dr

Pd1

Dr

Pg

a b

TDAA-03-01-003

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pilot Pump)
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil a- Displacement Angle Increase
Tank b- Displacement Angle
Pi- Pump Control Pressure Reduction
Pps- Torque Control Pressure

18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-7
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

 Control by Pilot Pressure from Maximum Pump 2 Flow

Rate Limit Control Solenoid Valve (15) (only Pump 2)
When the work mode is set to attachment, MC (main Q
controller) sedns the signals to the maximum pump 2
flow rate limit control solenoid valve (15) according to
the settings.
The maximum pump 2 flow rate limit control solenoid
valve (15) reduces pump control pressure Pi in
response to the signals from MC.
Therefore, the upper limit pump delivery flow rate is
limited. (Pump Flow Rate Limit Control) 0 Pi
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
Q- Flow Rate Pi- Pump Control Pressure

c
Q d

0 P

Q- Flow Rate c- Maximum Flow Rate

P- Pressure d- Upper Limit Flow Rate

15

Pi

Dr 18

Pd2
Pps
Dr
Pd1
Dr
Pg
a b TPPP-03-01-005

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pilot Pump)
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil a- Displacement Angle Increase
Tank b- Displacement Angle
Pi- Pump Control Pressure Reduction
Pps- Torque Control Pressure

15- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

Limit Control Solenoid Valve

T3-1-8
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

(Blank)

T3-1-9
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Control by Pump Control Pressure

 Flow Rate Increase

Q
1. When a control lever is operated, the flow rate
control valve in the signal control valve is shifted
and pump control pressure Pi increases.
2. Piston (4) pushes spool A (3) and spring (1) so that
spool A (3) is moved toward direction of the arrow.
3. Due to the movement of spool A (3), the circuit from
servo piston 1 (11) is opened to the hydraulic oil
tank.
4. As primary pilot pressure Pg is constantly routed 0 Pi
to servo piston 2 (14), servo piston 2 (14) is moved
toward direction of the arrow. Therefore, swash Q- Flow Rate Pi- Pump Control Pressure
plate (12) is rotated in the maximum inclination
direction and the pump delivery flow rate increases.
5. The movement of swash plate (12) is transmitted to
sleeve A (2) via link (13). Sleeve A (2) is moved in the
1 3 Dr 2 4
same direction as spool A (3).
6. When sleeve A (2) is moved by the same stroke as
spool A (3), the open part between spool A (3) and
Pi
sleeve A (2) is closed and the circuit from servo
piston 1 (11) to the hydraulic oil tank is closed. Pd2
18
Therefore, servo piston 1 (11) is stopped and the Pps
flow rate increasing operation is completed. Dr

Pd1

Dr
13
Pg
11 a b 14

TDAA-03-01-003

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pps- Torque Control Pressure

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pilot Pump)
Tank a- Displacement Angle Increase
Pi- Pump Control Pressure b- Displacement Angle
Reduction

1- Spring 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used)

2- Sleeve A 13- Link
3- Spool A 14- Servo Piston 2
4- Piston 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-10
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

1 Dr Pg 2 3 4
Pi

Pps

Pd2

Pd1 13
14
11
12
TDAD-03-01-001

1 Dr Pg 2 3 4
Pi

Pps

Pd2

Pd1 13
14
11
12
TDAD-03-01-002

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pi- Pump Control Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Tank Pps- Torque Control Pressure Pilot Pump)

1- Spring 3- Spool A 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 13- Link

2- Sleeve A 4- Piston 12- Swash Plate 14- Servo Piston 2

T3-1-11
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

 Flow Rate Decrease

1. When a control lever is returned, the flow rate
control valve in the signal control valve is returned
and pump control pressure Pi decreases. Q
2. Piston (4) and spool A (3) are pushed by spring (1)
so that spool A (3) is moved toward direction of the
arrow.
3. Due to the movement of spool A (3), primary pilot
pressure Pg is routed to servo piston 1 (11).
4. As two servo pistons 1 (11) are provided, they are
moved toward direction of the arrow. Therefore,
swash plate (12) is rotated in the minimum
0 Pi
inclination direction and the pump delivery flow
rate decreases.
Q- Flow Rate Pi- Pump Control Pressure
5. The movement of swash plate (12) is transmitted to
sleeve A (2) via link (13). Sleeve A (2) is moved in the
same direction as spool A (3).
6. When sleeve A (2) is moved by the same stroke as 1 3 Dr 2 4
spool A (3), the open part between sleeve A (2) and
spool A (3) is closed and primary pilot pressure Pg
routed to servo piston 1 (11) is blocked.
Pi
Therefore, servo piston 1 (11) is stopped and the
flow rate decreasing operation is completed. Pd2
18
Pps
Dr

Pd1

Dr
13
Pg
11 a b 14

TDAA-03-01-003

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pps- Torque Control Pressure

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pilot Pump)
Tank a- Displacement Angle Increase
Pi- Pump Control Pressure b- Displacement Angle
Reduction

1- Spring 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used)

2- Sleeve A 13- Link
3- Spool A 14- Servo Piston 2
4- Piston 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-12
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

1 Dr Pg 2 3 4
Pi

Pps

Pd2

Pd1 13

11 14

12
TDAD-03-01-003

1 Dr Pg 2 3 4
Pi

Pps

Pd2

Pd1 13
14
11
12
TDAD-03-01-004

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pi- Pump Control Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Tank Pps- Torque Control Pressure Pilot Pump)

1- Spring 3- Spool A 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 13- Link

2- Sleeve A 4- Piston 12- Swash Plate 14- Servo Piston 2

T3-1-13
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Control by Own and Partner Pump Delivery

Pressure

fNOTE: The pump 1 regulator is explained here. Q

 Flow Rate Decrease

1. When pump 1 (own pump) is loaded, pump
1 delivery pressure Pd1 (own pump pressure)
increases. (During operation, pump control pressure
Pi is kept increased.)
2. Load piston 2 (6) pushes spool B (7), inner spring (9),
and outer spring (10). Spool B (7) is moved toward
0 P
direction of the arrow.
3. Due to the movement of spool B (7), primary pilot Q- Flow Rate P- Pressure
pressure Pg is routed to servo piston 1 (11).
4. As two servo pistons 1 (11) are provided, they are
moved toward direction of the arrow. Therefore,
swash plate (12) is rotated in the minimum Dr
inclination direction and the pump delivery flow
rate decreases. 5
5. The movement of swash plate (12) is transmitted to Pi
sleeve B (8) via link (13). Sleeve B (8) is moved in the
Pd2
same direction as spool B (7). 18

6. When sleeve B (8) is moved by the same stroke as Pps

Dr
spool B (7), the open part between sleeve B (8) and
Pd1
spool B (7) is closed and primary pilot pressure Pg
routed to servo piston 1 (11) is blocked. Dr
6 8 7 9,10
Therefore, servo piston 1 (11) is stopped and the
flow rate decreasing operation is completed. Pg
11 a b 14
7. When pump 2 (partner pump) is also loaded at this 13
time, pump 1 delivery pressure (Pd1) and pump 2
delivery pressure (Pd2) is routed to load piston 2 (6) TDAA-03-01-003
and move spool B (7) further.
8. Consequently, as the movement of spool B (7) Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pps- Torque Control Pressure
increases, the pump delivery flow rate decreases Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
further. Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pilot Pump)
Tank a- Displacement Angle Increase
Pi- Pump Control Pressure b- Displacement Angle
Reduction

5- Load Piston 1 10- Outer Spring

6- Load Piston 2 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used)
7- Spool B 13- Link
8- Sleeve B 14- Servo Piston 2
9- Inner Spring 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-14
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

fNOTE: The illustration shows the pump1 regulator.

5 6 Dr Pg 7 8
Pi

Pps

9 10
Pd2

Pd1 13

11 14
12
TDAD-03-01-005

5 6 Dr Pg 7 8
Pi

Pps

9 10
Pd2

Pd1 13
14
11

12
TDAD-03-01-006

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pi- Pump Control Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Tank Pps- Torque Control Pressure Pilot Pump)

5- Load Piston 1 8- Sleeve B 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 14- Servo Piston 2
6- Load Piston 2 9- Inner Spring 12- Swash Plate
7- Spool B 10- Outer Spring 13- Link

T3-1-15
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

 Flow Rate Increase

1. When the load of pump 1 (own pump) is reduced,
pump 1 delivery pressure Pd1 (own pump pressure)
decreases. (During operation, pump control Q
pressure Pi is kept increased.)
2. Load piston 1 (5), load piston 2 (6), and spool B (7)
are pushed by inner spring (9) and outer spring (10).
Spool B (7) is moved toward direction of the arrow.
3. Due to the movement of spool B (7), the circuit from
servo piston 1 (11) is opened to the hydraulic oil
tank.
4. As primary pilot pressure Pg is constantly routed
0 P
to servo piston 2 (14), servo piston 2 (14) is moved
toward direction of the arrow. Therefore, swash
Q- Flow Rate P- Pressure
plate (12) is rotated in the maximum inclination
direction and the pump delivery flow rate increases.
5. The movement of swash plate (12) is transmitted to
sleeve B (8) via link (13). Sleeve B (8) is moved in the 3 Dr 2
same direction as spool B (7).
6. When sleeve B (8) is moved by the same stroke as 5
spool B (7), the open part between spool B (7) and Pi
sleeve B (8) is closed and the circuit from servo
piston 1 (11) to the hydraulic oil tank is closed. Pd2 18
Therefore, servo piston 1 (11) is stopped and the
Pps
flow rate increasing operation is completed. Dr

7. When the load of pump 2 (partner pump) is also Pd1

reduced at this time, load piston 1 (5), load piston Dr
2 (6), and spool B (7) are pushed by inner spring (9) 9,10
6 8 7
and outer spring (10) further.
Pg
8. Consequently, as the movement of spool B (7) 11 13
a b
increases, the pump delivery flow rate increases
further. 14
TDAA-03-01-003

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pps- Torque Control Pressure

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pilot Pump)
Tank a- Displacement Angle Increase
Pi- Pump Control Pressure b- Displacement Angle
Reduction

2- Sleeve A 9- Inner Spring

3- Spool A 10- Outer Spring
5- Load Piston 1 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used)
6- Load Piston 2 13- Link
7- Spool B 14- Servo Piston 2
8- Sleeve B 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-16
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

fNOTE: The illustration shows the pump1 regulator.

5 6 Dr Pg 2 3 7
Pi

Pps

9 10
Pd2

Pd1 13

11 14

12
TDAD-03-01-007

5 6 7 Dr Pg 2 3 8
Pi

Pps

9 10
Pd2

Pd1 13

11 14

12
TDAD-03-01-008

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pi- Pump Control Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Tank Pps- Torque Control Pressure Pilot Pump)

2- Sleeve A 6- Load Piston 2 9- Inner Spring 12- Swash Plate

3- Spool A 7- Spool B 10- Outer Spring 13- Link
5- Load Piston 1 8- Sleeve B 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 14- Servo Piston 2

T3-1-17
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Control by Pilot Pressure from Torque Control

Solenoid Valve

Q
fNOTE: The pump 2 regulator is explained here.

 Flow Rate Decrease

1. The torque control solenoid valve (14) is activated
by the signals from MC (main controller) and torque
control pressure Pps increases.
2. Torque control pressure Pps adding to pump
delivery pressure is routed to load piston 1 (5).
3. Load piston 1 (5) pushes load piston 2 (6), spool B 0 P
(7), inner spring (9), and outer spring (10). Spool B
(7) is moved toward direction of the arrow. Q- Flow Rate P- Pressure
4. Due to the movement of spool B (7), primary pilot
pressure Pg is routed to servo piston 1 (11).
16
5. As two servo pistons 1 (11) are provided, they are
moved toward direction of the arrow. Therefore,
swash plate (12) is rotated in the minimum
inclination direction and the pump delivery flow
5 Pi
rate decreases.
6. The movement of swash plate (12) is transmitted to Dr 18
sleeve B (8) via link (13). Sleeve B (8) is moved in the
same direction as spool B (7). Pd2
7. When sleeve B (8) is moved by the same stroke as Pps Dr
spool B (7), the open part between sleeve B (8) and
Pd1
spool B (7) is closed and primary pilot pressure Pg 9,10
routed to servo piston 1 (11) is blocked. Therefore, 6 8 Dr 7
servo piston 1 (11) is stopped and the flow rate Pg
11
decreasing operation is completed. a b TPPP-03-01-005
14

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pps- Torque Control Pressure

Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pilot Pump)
Tank a- Displacement Angle Increase
Pi- Pump Control Pressure b- Displacement Angle
Reduction

5- Load Piston 1 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used)

6- Load Piston 2 13- Link
7- Spool B 14- Servo Piston 2
8- Sleeve B 16- Torque Control Solenoid
9- Inner Spring Valve
10- Outer Spring 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-18
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

5 6 Dr Pg 7 8
Pi

Pps

9 10
Pd2

Pd1 13
11 14
12

TDAD-03-01-009

5 6 Dr Pg 7 8
Pi

Pps

9 10
Pd2

Pd1
13
14
11

12 TDAD-03-01-010

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pi- Pump Control Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Tank Pps- Torque Control Pressure Pilot Pump)

5- Load Piston 1 8- Sleeve B 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 14- Servo Piston 2
6- Load Piston 2 9- Inner Spring 12- Swash Plate
7- Spool B 10- Outer Spring 13- Link

T3-1-19
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Control by Pilot Pressure from Maximum Pump

Flow Rate Limit Control Solenoid Valve (only Pump
2) Q

 Upper Limit Flow Rate Control (only Pump 2)

1. The maximum pump 2 flow rate limit control
solenoid valve (15) in the pump control pressure
Pi circuit is activated by the signals from MC (main
controller).
2. The maximum pump 2 flow rate limit control 0 Pi
solenoid valve (15) functions as a pressure reducing Q- Flow Rate Pi- Pump Control Pressure
valve and pump control pressure Pi decreases.
3. Piston (4) is moved toward direction of the arrow by
reduced pump control pressure Pi. a
Q
b
4. Piston (4) pushes spool A (3) and spring (1), until the
force acting on piston (4) by pump control pressure
Pi becomes balanced with the spring (1) force, spool
A (3) is moved toward direction of the arrow.
5. As pump control pressure Pi has been reduced,
spool A (3) is moved in a shorter distance than
usual.
0 P
6. Due to the movement of spool A (3), the circuit from Q- Flow Rate a- Maximum Flow Rate
servo piston 1 (11) is opened to the hydraulic oil P- Pressure b- Upper Limit Flow Rate
tank.
7. As primary pilot pressure Pg is constantly routed 3 2 4 15
to servo piston 2 (14), servo piston 2 (14) is moved
toward direction of the arrow. Therefore, swash
plate (12) is rotated in the maximum inclination
direction and the pump delivery flow rate increases.
Pi
8. The movement of swash plate (12) is transmitted to 1
sleeve A (2) via link (13). Sleeve A (2) is moved in the 18
same direction as spool A (3). Dr

9. When sleeve A (2) is moved by the same stroke as

Pd2
spool A (3), the open part between spool A (3) and
sleeve A (2) is closed and the circuit from servo Pps Dr
piston 1 (11) to the hydraulic oil tank is closed. Pd1

10. Therefore, servo piston 1 (11) is stopped and the Dr

flow rate increasing operation is completed. Pg 13
11 c d
11. Accordingly, pump control pressure Pi increases 14
according to the control lever stroke and the pump TPPP-03-01-005
delivery flow rate increases. However, as pump
control pressure Pi is regulated, the movement of Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pps- Torque Control Pressure
spool A (3) and servo piston 1 (11) are reduced so Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
that the maximum flow rate becomes less than Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil Pilot Pump)
Tank c- Displacement Angle Increase
usual. Pi- Pump Control Pressure d- Displacement Angle
Reduction
1- Spring 13- Link
2- Sleeve A 14- Servo Piston 2
3- Spool A 15- Maximum Pump 2 Flow Rate
4- Piston Limit Control Solenoid Valve
11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 18- Air Bleeding Circuit

T3-1-20
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

1 Dr Pg 2 3 4
Pi

Pps

Pd2

Pd1 13
14
11

12 TDAD-03-01-011

1 Dr Pg 2 3 4
Pi

Pps

Pd2

Pd1 13
14
11

12 TDAD-03-01-012

Pd1- Pump 1 Delivery Pressure Pi- Pump Control Pressure Pps- Torque Control Pressure
Pd2- Pump 2 Delivery Pressure Regulated by Maximum Pump Pg- Primary Pilot Pressure (From
Dr- Returning to Hydraulic Oil 2 Flow Rate Limit Control Pilot Pump)
Tank Solenoid Valve

1- Spring 3- Spool A 11- Servo Piston 1 (2 Used) 13- Link

2- Sleeve A 4- Piston 12- Swash Plate 14- Servo Piston 2

T3-1-21
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Solenoid Valve Operation

1. When in neutral, port P (5) is connected to output
The torque control solenoid valve and the maximum port (4) through the notch on spool (3).
pump 2 flow rate limit control solenoid valve are
equipped for the pump 2 regulator. 2. When current flows to solenoid (7) from MC (main
The torque control solenoid valve supplies torque control controller), solenoid (7) is excited and pushes piston
pressure Pps to both the pump 1 and pump 2 regulators (6).
and the pump delivery flow rate is decreased. 3. As piston (6) pushes spool (3), output port (4) is
The maximum pump 2 flow rate limit control solenoid connected to port T (8) through the notch on spool
valve reduces pump control pressure Pi to the pump 2 (3).
regulator so that the upper limit of pump delivery flow
rate is limited. 4. Therefore, pressure at output port (4) begins to
decrease.
5. Diameter B is larger than diameter A as for the
notch of spool (3).
6. Therefore, when pressure at output port (4) begins
to decrease, spool (3) is move toward the right
because of the force as Fsol (9)+P1×B+S1>P1×A+S2.
7. When pressure at output port (4) decreases
and the following formula exists, Fsol
(9)+P1×B+S1=P1×A+S2, spool (3) is stopped.

P1: Pressure at Output Port (4)

A and B: Pressure Receiving Area on Spool (3)
S1: Spring 1 (1) Force
(Force pushing spool (3) to the right)
S2: Spring 2 (2) Force
(Force returning spool (3) to the left)
Fsol: Solenoid (7) Force

T3-1-22
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Neutral state:

1 2 3

5 4
6

TDAA-03-01-001

Operating state:

1 2 A B 3

4 8
6
9
7

TDAA-03-01-002

1- Spring 1 4- Output Port 6- Piston 8- Port T

2- Spring 2 5- Port P 7- Solenoid 9- Fsol
3- Spool

T3-1-23
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 1 Pump Device

Pilot Pump, Blade Pump (Optional) 2 1

a
Drive gear (1) is driven by the engine via the main pump
shaft, which rotates driven gear (2) as they are meshed
together.
1- Drive Gear 2- Driven Gear

T137-02-03-005
a- Inlet Port b- Outlet Port
Pump Delivery Pressure Sensor
This sensor detects the pump delivery pressures, which
are used in order to control various operations. When oil
pressure is applied to diaphragm (6), diaphragm (6) is
deformed. The deformation of diaphragm (6) is detected
as electrical signals.

3- Ground 5- Power Source (5V)

4- Output 6- Pressure Receiving Area T157-02-03-010
(Diaphragm)
3 4 5 6

Pump Control Pressure Sensor

This sensor detects the pump control pressures, which
are used in order to control various operations. When oil
pressure is applied to diaphragm (7), diaphragm (7) is
deformed. The deformation of diaphragm (7) is detected
as electrical signals.

7- Pressure Receiving Area 9- Output

(Diaphragm) 10- Power Source (5 V)
7 8 9 10
8- Ground
T176-03-01-023

T3-1-24
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Outline
The swing device consists of valve unit (1), swing motor
(2), and swing reduction gear (3).
Valve unit (1) prevents the cavitation and the overload in
the swing circuit.
Swing motor (2) is a swash plate type axial plunger
motor (with built-in swing parking brake), which is
driven by pressure oil from the pump, and the rotation is
transmitted to swing reduction gear (3).
Swing reduction gear (3) converts swing motor (2) output
into slow large torque to rotate the shaft.
Thereby, the upperstructure is rotated.

T176-03-02-001

1- Valve Unit 2- Swing Motor 3- Swing Reduction Gear

T3-2-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Reduction Gear

The swing reduction gear is a two-stage planetary Shaft (6) is engaged with internal gear (12) of the swing
reduction gear. bearing fixed to the undercarriage in order to swing the
Ring gear (4) is attached to housing (11) and fixed to the upperstructure.
upperstructure.
Shaft (2) in swing motor (1) rotates first stage sun gear
(10), whose rotating torque is transmitted to second stage
sun gear (8) through first stage planetary gear (3) and first
stage carrier (9).
Second stage sun gear (8) rotates shaft (6) through
second stage planetary gear (5) and second stage carrier
(7).

9 1
2
10
3
8
4
7
5

11

6
12

T176-03-02-001

1- Swing Motor 4- Ring Gear 7- Second Stage Carrier 10- First Stage Sun Gear
2- Shaft (Swing Motor) 5- Second Stage Planetary Gear 8- Second Stage Sun Gear 11- Housing
3- First Stage Planetary Gear 6- Shaft 9- First Stage Carrier 12- Internal Gear

T3-2-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Motor
The swing motor consists of swash plate (9), rotor (12), When pressure oil is supplied from the pump, plunger (6)
plungers (6), valve plate (13), housing (11), and swing is pushed. As swash plate (9) is inclined, shoe (10) on the
parking brake (14) (spring (1), brake piston (2), plates (3), end of plunger (6) slides along swash plate (9) and rotor
friction plates (5). (12) rotates.
Shaft (8) is connected to rotor (12) by a spline joint, and The end of shaft (8) is connected to the first stage sun
plunger (6) is inserted into rotor (12). gear in the swing reduction gear by a spline joint.
Therefore, the rotation of shaft (8) is transmitted to the
swing reduction gear.

13
2
14

3
12
11 5

10 6

8
T176-03-02-002

1- Spring 6- Plunger 10- Shoe 14- Swing Parking Brake

2- Brake Piston 7- Retainer 11- Housing
3- Plate 8- Shaft 12- Rotor
5- Friction Plate 9- Swash Plate 13- Valve Plate

T3-2-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Swing Parking Brake

The parking brake is a wet-type spring set hydraulic
released multi-disc brake. When the brake release
pressure is routed to brake piston chamber (6), the brake
is released.
The brake release pressure is supplied from the pilot
pump only when either swing or front attachment is
operated.
In other cases (including engine stopping), the brake
release pressure returns to the hydraulic oil tank, so that
the brake is applied automatically by spring (1).

When brake is released When brake is applied

1. When the swing or front attachment control lever 1. When the swing or front attachment control lever
is operated, the swing parking brake release spool is returned to neutral, the swing parking brake
in the signal control valve is shifted. Therefore, pilot release spool in the signal control valve is returned
pressure from the pilot pump is supplied to port SH to neutral and pilot pressure to port SH (5) is not
(5). supplied.
2. Pilot pressure to port SH (5) opens check valve (4) 2. Therefore, check valve (4) is closed and the brake
and acts on brake piston chamber (6). release pressure is released to the swing motor
housing through orifice (3).
3. Consequently, as brake piston (2) is pushed upward,
plate (8) and friction plate (7) are freed, so that the 3. Consequently, the spring (1) force acts on friction
brake is released. plates (7) engaging on the outer surface of rotor (9)
and plates (8) engaging on the inner surface of the
motor housing via brake piston (2), and the rotor (9)
outer surface is secured by the friction force. When
the engine stops, the brake is applied automatically
as pressure is not supplied to port SH (5).

T3-2-4
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

When brake is applied

1
2
a

5
9

4
10 3
8
7 b

TDAD-03-02-001

When brake is released

1
2

9 5

4
10 3
8
7 b

a- To Brake Piston Chamber b- To Swing Motor Housing TDAD-03-02-002

Inside

1- Spring 4- Check Valve 6- Brake Piston Chamber 9- Rotor

2- Brake Piston 5- Port SH (Brake Release 7- Friction Plate 10- Spool
3- Orifice Pressure) 8- Plate

T3-2-5
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Valve Unit
Valve unit (7) consists of make-up valve (2) and relief valve
(3).
Make-up valve (2) prevents cavitation in the circuit from
occurring. Relief valve (3) prevents surge pressure in the 3
circuit from occurring and protects the circuit from being
overloaded.

Make-Up Valve 2
During swing stopping operation, the swing motor
is driven by inertial force of the upperstructure. The 1
swing motor is turned forcibly in excess of oil flow rate
from the pump, so that cavitation occurs in the motor.
In order to avoid this cavitation, when the swing circuit
pressure becomes lower than pressure in the return
circuit (port M (1)), poppet (8) opens, draws hydraulic
oil, and compensates the lack of oil feed. 4

T107-02-04-013

2
2

4 TDAD-03-02-005

1- Port M 3- Relief Valve 7- Valve Unit

2- Make-Up Valve 4- Control Valve 8- Poppet

T3-2-6
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

Relief Valve
When starting or stopping swing operation, the swing
circuit pressure becomes high. The relief valve prevents
the circuit pressure from rising higher than the set
pressure.

Operation:
1. Pressure at port HP (swing circuit) is routed to
poppet (1).
2. When pressure at port HP increases beyond the
spring (3) set pressure, poppet (1) is opened and
pressure oil flows to port LP.
3. Consequently, pressure in the swing circuit
decreases.
4. When pressure at port HP decreases to the specified
level, poppet (1) is closed by the spring (3) force.

1 2 3
Neutral state:

HP

LP

TDAD-03-02-003

1 2 3
Operating state:

HP

LP

TDAD-03-02-004

HP - Port HP (Swing Circuit) LP - Port LP (Return Circuit)

1- Poppet 2- Orifice 3- Spring

T3-2-7
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 2 Swing Device

(Blank)

T3-2-8
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Outline
The control valve controls the oil pressure, flow rate, and As for the spools in the 4-spool side, travel (right), bucket,
flow direction in the hydraulic circuit. The major parts are boom 1, and arm 2 are arranged in that order as viewed
the main relief valve, overload relief valve, flow combiner from the machine front. As for the spools in the 5-spool
valve, anti-drift valve, flow rate control valve, regenerative side, travel (left), auxiliary, boom 2, arm 1, and swing are
valve, digging regenerative valve, boom lower meter-in arranged in that order as viewed from the machine front.
cut valve, auxiliary flow combiner valve, bypass shut-out
valve, and spools. The spools are operated by the pilot oil
pressure.

Control Valve
2
3
1 c
a
4 5

10

TDAD-03-03-001

a- Machine Upper Side b- Machine Front Side c- 4-Spool Side d- 5-Spool Side

1- Main Relief Valve 4- Boom 1 7- Arm 1 10- Travel (Left)

2- Travel (Right) 5- Arm 2 8- Boom 2
3- Bucket 6- Swing 9- Auxiliary

T3-3-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Layout of Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

4-Spool Side

27 18 19, 22 15, 17 13

10, 11

23, 26
8

14

25 29 28 7 TDAD-03-03-002

a- Machine Upper Side e- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-4
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

5-Spool Side

45 43 3 16 37

30, 32

40, 41

5 20 35 TDAD-03-03-001
44

a- Machine Upper Side e- Machine Lower Side f- Arm Roll-In Pressure Sensor

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-5
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-6
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

A Section C-C
C 43
B

D D

E E
16
F F
J J

G G

H H

I I

B TDAD-03-03-004
C TDAD-03-03-008
A

a- Machine Upper Side e- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-7
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-8
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section A-A Section B-B

12

5 7
3

21

TDAD-03-03-006 25 27 TDAD-03-03-007

a- Machine Upper Side e- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-9
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-10
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section D-D Section E-E

h i
j k

13

1
40
41
10
11

42

14

12

TDAD-03-03-009 TDAD-03-03-010

a- Machine Upper Side h- Travel (Left) j- Auxiliary

e- Machine Lower Side i- Travel (Right) k- Bucket

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-11
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-12
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section F-F Section G-G

l m

2 9 22

37

19

17
39
4 6

15

5 7 21

20 g

TDAD-03-03-011 TDAD-03-03-012

a- Machine Upper Side g- Boom Raise Pressure Sensor m- Boom 1

e- Machine Lower Side l- Boom 2

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-13
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-14
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section H-H Section I-I

n o p

18 27

34

36 26

23 31
30

32

25

35

TDAD-03-03-013 TDAD-03-03-014

a- Machine Upper Side n- Arm 1 p- Swing

e- Machine Lower Side o- Arm 2

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-15
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-16
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section J-J
3

TDAD-03-03-015

a- Machine Upper Side e- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-17
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

e a a e

1 2 3 9 7 6 8 4 5 10 11

12

43

42

13
45
14

44
15
41
16

40
17
39

34 18

37
19

36
20
35

21

22

27 23

32 24

31 30 29 28 26 25

TDAD-03-03-003

T3-3-18
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Section K-K

K
TDAD-03-03-016

Section L-L

M
K
TDAD-03-03-017
24
L

Section M-M

L 28

TDAD-03-03-005

29

TDAD-03-03-018

a- Machine Upper Side e- Machine Lower Side

1- Load Check Valve (Travel 12- Bucket Regenerative Valve 23- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control 35- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
(Left) Parallel Circuit) 13- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Valve (Selector Valve) Bottom Side)
2- Check Valve (Main Relief Rod Side) 24- Load Check Valve (Arm 2 36- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Check
Circuit) 14- Overload Relief Valve (Bucket: Tandem Circuit) Valve)
3- Main Relief Valve Bottom Side) 25- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 37- Overload Relief Valve (Arm:
4- Check Valve (Auxiliary Flow 15- Boom Flow Rate Control 26- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Rod Side)
Combiner Circuit) Valve (Poppet Valve) Valve (Poppet Valve) 39- Load Check Valve (Boom 2
5- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 16- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 27- Arm Regenerative Valve Parallel Circuit)
Valve Valve 28- Digging Regenerative Valve 40- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
6- Check Valve (Flow Combiner 17- Boom Flow Rate Control 29- Load Check Valve (Digging Valve (Poppet Valve)
Circuit) Valve (Selector Valve) Regenerative Circuit) 41- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
7- Flow Combiner Valve 18- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 30- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve (Selector Valve)
8- Load Check Valve (Orifice) Bottom Side) Valve (Poppet Valve) 42- Load Check Valve (Travel
(Bucket) 19- Boom Anti-Drift Valve (Check 31- Load Check Valve (Swing (Left) Tandem Circuit)
9- Check Valve (Main Relief Valve) Circuit) 43- Bucket Regeneration Cut
Circuit) 20- Overload Relief Valve (Boom: 32- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
10- Bucket Flow Rate Control Rod Side) Valve (Selector Valve) 44- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Poppet Valve) 21- Boom Regenerative Valve 34- Arm Anti-Drift Valve (Selector (Auxiliary: Close)
11- Bucket Flow Rate Control 22- Boom Anti-Drift Valve Valve) 45- Overload Relief Valve
Valve (Selector Valve) (Selector Valve) (Auxiliary: Open)

T3-3-19
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Hydraulic Circuit
Main Circuit
Pressure oil from pump 1 (8) flows to the 4-spool side
control valve. Pressure oil from pump 2 (9) flows to the
5-spool side control valve.
Parallel circuits (2, 10) are provided in each main
circuit of 4-spool side and 5-spool side, and make
the combined operation possible. In addition, flow
combiner circuit (7) is provided in both boom and arm
circuits so that pressure oil from pump 1 (8) and pump
2 (9) are combined during a single operation.

Main relief valve (1) is provided in the main circuit

(between the pump and the actuator). Main relief
valve (1) prevents the pressure in the main circuit from
exceeding the set pressure when the spool is operated
(or when the control lever is operated).
Overload relief valves (5, 12) are is provided in the
actuator circuits (between the control valve and the
actuator) of boom, arm, bucket. Overload relief valves
(5, 12) prevent surge pressure caused by external force
in the actuator circuit does not exceed the set pressure
when the spool is in neutral (with the control lever set
in neutral).

T3-3-20
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

1 2
15 3

14
4

13 6

12
11

10 7

9 8

TDAD-02-04-021

1- Main Relief Valve 6- Boom Cylinder 11- Swing Motor

2- 4-Spool Side Parallel Circuit 7- Flow Combiner Circuit 12- Overload Relief Valve
3- Travel Motor (Right) 8- Pump 1 13- Arm Cylinder
4- Bucket Cylinder 9- Pump 2 14- Attachment
5- Overload Relief Valve 10- 5-Spool Side Parallel Circuit 15- Travel Motor (Left)

T3-3-21
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pilot Operation Control Circuit

Pressure oil (indicated with numbers) from the pilot
valve is routed to the spool in the control valve in order
to move the spool.
In the following operations, pressure oil moves the
spool and is routed to the following selector valves.
 During arm roll-in (4) operation, pressure oil moves
the arm spool and shifts the selector valve spool of
arm anti-drift valve (d).
 During boom lower (2) operation, pressure oil moves
the boom 1 spool and shifts the selector valve spool
of boom anti-drift valve (c).
 In addition, during boom lower (2) operation, one of
the divided pressure oil shifts the boom 2 spool. The
other shifts bypass-shutout valve (e) through boom
lower meter-in cut valve (b).

In addition, air bleed circuit (a) is located in the upper

of control valve and bleeds air automatically.

T3-3-22
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pilot Operation Control Circuit

12
9 11
10

7
8
13 14

1
2 c

3
4

e
5
6

TDAD-03-03-019

a- Air Bleed Circuit b- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut c- Boom Anti-Drift Valve e- Bypass Shut-Out Valve
Valve d- Arm Anti-Drift Valve

1- Boom Raise 5- Swing (Left) 9- Travel (Left Forward) 13- Auxiliary (Open)
2- Boom Lower 6- Swing (Right) 10- Travel (Left Reverse) 14- Auxiliary (Close)
3- Arm Roll-Out 7- Bucket Roll-In 11- Travel (Right Forward)
4- Arm Roll-In 8- Bucket Roll-Out 12- Travel (Right Reverse)

T3-3-23
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

External Pilot Pressure Circuit

 Pressure in main relief valve (1) is increased by pilot
pressure (b) from solenoid valve unit (SG).
 Arm regenerative valve (7) is shifted by pilot pressure
(f ) from solenoid valve unit (SC).
 Arm 2 flow rate control valve (5) is shifted by pilot
pressure (i) from solenoid valve unit (SI).
 Digging regenerative valve (4) is shifted by pilot
pressure (e) from solenoid valve unit (SF).
 Arm 1 flow rate control valve (8) is shifted by pilot
pressure (g) from the arm 1 flow rate control valve
control spool in the signal control valve.
 Flow combiner valve (2) is shifted by pilot pressure
(c) from the flow combiner valve control spool in the
signal control valve.
 Bucket flow rate control valve (3) is shifted by pilot
pressure (d) from the bucket flow rate control valve
control spool in the signal control valve.
 Auxiliary flow rate control valve (9) is shifted by pilot
pressure (h) from the auxiliary flow rate control
solenoid valve (optional). (Only machines with
optional parts equipped)
 Auxiliary flow combiner valve (10) is shifted by pilot
pressure (a) from the auxiliary flow combiner control
solenoid valve (optional). (Only machines with
optional parts equipped)

fNOTE: In general, auxiliary flow combiner valve (10)

and auxiliary flow rate control valve (9) are routed to
the drain circuit. The auxiliary flow rate control solenoid
valve and the auxiliary flow combiner control solenoid
valve are equipped for only the machine with the
optional parts equipped.

T3-3-24
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

External Pilot Pressure Circuit

b c a
1 2 10

9 4

7
e

f
i

g 6

TDAD-03-03-020

a- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary c- Pilot Pressure from Flow e- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid h- Pilot Pressure from Auxiliary
Flow Combiner Control Combiner Valve Control Spool Valve Unit (SF) Flow Rate Control Solenoid
Solenoid Valve (Only machines in Signal Control Valve f- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid Valve (Only machines with
with optional parts equipped) d- Pilot Pressure from Bucket Valve Unit (SC) optional parts equipped)
b- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid Flow Rate Control Valve g- Pilot Pressure from Arm 1 Flow i- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid
Valve Unit (SG) Control Spool in Signal Control Rate Control Valve Control Valve Unit (SI)
Valve Spool in Signal Control Valve

1- Main Relief Valve 4- Digging Regenerative Valve 7- Arm Regenerative Valve 9- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control
2- Flow Combiner Valve 5- Arm 2 Flow Rate Control Valve 8- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Valve
3- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve 6- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 10- Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve

T3-3-25
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Combiner Valve

fNOTE: The operation during combined operation of

travel and arm roll-in is explained here.

1. During combined operation arm roll-in and travel,

pilot pressure shifts travel (right) spool (5), travel
(left) spool (4), arm 1 spool (10), and arm 2 spool (7).
2. At the same time, the travel (right) pilot pressure
shifts the flow combiner valve control spool in the
signal control valve.
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to port SL in
the flow combiner valve through the flow combiner
valve control spool and is routed to spool (1).
4. When pressure at port SL increases beyond the
spring (2) force, spool (1) compresses spring (2) and
moves to the left.
5. Pressure oil from pump 1 (8) flows to travel (right)
spool (5). In addition, pressure oil from pump 1 (8)
flows to travel (left) spool (4) through spool (1).
6. Pressure oil from pump 2 (9) flows to arm cylinder
(11) through arm 1 spool (10) and moves the arm at
this time.
7. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 1 (8) is
equally supplied to both left and right travel motors
and the machine can travel straight.

Flow Combiner Valve a c 1 2

SL

TDAD-03-03-021
d

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 (8) b- Pilot Pressure from Flow c- To Travel (Left) Spool (4) d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
Combiner Valve Control Spool

1- Spool (Flow Combiner Valve) 2- Spring

T3-3-26
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

3 4 1 b 5 6
SL

11

10

9 8

TDAD-02-04-024

b- Pilot Pressure from Flow

Combiner Valve Control Spool

1- Spool (Flow Combiner Valve) 4- Travel (Left) Spool 7- Arm 2 Spool 10- Arm 1 Spool
2- Spring 5- Travel (Right) Spool 8- Pump 1 11- Arm Cylinder
3- Travel Motor (Left) 6- Travel Motor (Right) 9- Pump 2

T3-3-27
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Main Relief Valve

The main relief valve prevents the pressure in the main
circuit from exceeding the set pressure when the actuator
such as the motor or the cylinder is operated.
Therefore, oil leak from hose and pipe joints and breakage
of the actuator are prevented.

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (main circuit) is routed to pilot
poppet (8) through orifice A (2) in main poppet (1)
and orifice B (3) in seat (4).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened, pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows along the external
circumference of sleeve (11), and flows to port LP
(hydraulic oil tank).
3. At this time, a pressure difference is caused between
port HP and spring chamber (10) due to orifice A (2).
4. When this pressure difference reaches the set
pressure of spring A (9), main poppet (1) is opened
and pressure oil from port HP flows to port LP.
5. Consequently, the main circuit pressure decreases.
6. When the main circuit pressure decreases to the
specified level, main poppet (1) is closed by the
force of spring A (9).

T3-3-28
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Normal Operation:

1 2 3 4 5 6

HP

LP TDAD-03-03-022

11 10 9 8 7

During Relief Operation:

1 2 3 4 5 6

HP

LP TDAD-03-03-023

11 10 9 8

HP- Main Circuit LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Main Poppet 4- Seat 7- Piston 10- Spring Chamber

2- Orifice A 5- Passage A 8- Pilot Poppet 11- Sleeve
3- Orifice B 6- Spring B 9- Spring A

T3-3-29
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pressure Increasing Operation

1. When pilot pressure from solenoid valve unit (SG)
is routed to port SG, spring B (6) is compressed by
piston (7).
2. Therefore, force of spring B (6) becomes strong.
3. Consequently, as pressure required in order to open
pilot poppet (8) is increased, the relief set pressure
is increased.

T3-3-30
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Pressure Increasing Operation:

HP SG

LP TDAD-03-03-024

8 7

HP- Main Circuit LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank SG- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid
Valve Unit (SG)

6- Spring B 7- Piston 8- Pilot Poppet

T3-3-31
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Overload Relief Valve (with Make-Up

Function)
The overload relief valve is located in the boom, arm,
bucket, and auxiliary circuits. The overload relief valve
prevents each actuator circuit pressure from rising
excessively when the actuators are moved by external
force.
In addition, when the actuator circuit pressure decreases,
the overload relief valve draws hydraulic oil from the
hydraulic oil tank and prevents the occurrence of
cavitation (make-up function).

Relief Operation
1. Pressure in port HP (actuator circuit) is routed to
pilot poppet (8) through orifice (11) of main poppet
(2).
2. When pressure in port HP reaches the set pressure
of spring B (6), pilot poppet (8) is opened, pressure
oil from passage A (5) flows along the external
circumference of sleeve (3), and flows to port LP
(hydraulic oil tank).
3. At this time, a pressure difference occurs between
port HP and spring chamber (9) due to orifice (11).
4. When this pressure difference reaches the set
pressure of spring A (4), main poppet (2) is opened
and pressure oil from port HP flows to port LP.
5. Consequently, the actuator circuit pressure
decreases.
6. When the actuator circuit pressure decreases to
the specified level, main poppet (2) is closed by the
force of spring A (4).

T3-3-32
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Normal Operation:

3 1 2 4 5 6

HP

7 11 9 8
LP TDAD-03-03-025

During Relief Operation:

3 1 2 4 5 6

HP

7 11 9 8
LP TDAD-03-03-026

HP- Actuator Circuit LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Make-Up Valve 4- Spring A 7- Spring C 11- Orifice

2- Main Poppet 5- Passage A 8- Pilot Poppet
3- Sleeve 6- Spring B 9- Spring Chamber

T3-3-33
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Make-Up Operation
1. When pressure in port HP (actuator circuit)
decreases lower than pressure in port LP (hydraulic
oil tank), make-up valve (1) is moved to the left.
2. Hydraulic oil in port LP flows to port HP and
cavitation is prevented.
3. When pressure in port HP increases to the specified
pressure, make-up valve (1) is closed by the force of
spring C (7).

T3-3-34
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Make-Up Operation:

HP

7 LP
TDAD-03-03-027

HP- Actuator Circuit LP- Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Make-Up Valve 7- Spring C

T3-3-35
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Regenerative Valve
The regenerative valves are provided in the boom lower,
arm roll-in, and bucket roll-in circuits. The regenerative
valves increase cylinder speeds in order to prevent
cylinder hesitation, and improve machine controllability.

Boom Regenerative Valve

Operation
1
1. During boom lower operation with the front
attachment above the ground, returning oil from
the cylinder (2) bottom side shifts boom lower
meter-in cut valve (1). (Refer to Boom Lower Meter- 3
In Cut Valve in this group.)
2. Pressure oil flowing to boom 1 spool (3) is routed to 2
check valve (4) through hole (5) of boom 1 spool (3).
b
3. At this time, when pressure in the cylinder (2) rod
side is lower than the bottom side, check valve (4) is
opened. a

4. Consequently, returning oil from the cylinder (2)

bottom side is supplied to the rod side so that the
TDAD-03-03-028
regenerative operation is done.
4
5. When cylinder (2) is fully stroked or digging loads
increase, pressure in the cylinder (2) rod side circuit a- Pilot Pressure b- Pilot Pressure to Boom 2
is higher than the bottom side. Therefore, check Spool
valve (4) of the boom regenerative valve is closed
and regenerative operation is stopped. 1- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 3- Boom 1 Spool
Valve 4- Check Valve
2- Boom Cylinder

T3-3-36
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Boom Regenerative Operation:

TDAD-03-03-029

c- Returning Oil from Cylinder (2) d- Pressure Oil to Cylinder (2) Rod
Bottom Side Side

3- Boom 1 Spool 4- Check Valve 5- Hole

T3-3-37
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Bucket Regenerative Valve

The bucket regenerative valves supply returning oil

a
from the bucket cylinder (1) rod side to the bottom side,
prevent cylinder hesitation, and increase bucket roll-in
operating speed during bucket roll-in operation. 1

Operation (during Bucket Regenerative Operation)

1. Returning oil from the bucket cylinder (1) rod side is
routed to check valve (2) through hole (4) of bucket
spool (3) during bucket roll-in operation.
2. At this time, when pressure in the cylinder (1)
bottom side is lower than the rod side, check valve 3
(2) is opened.
3. Consequently, returning oil from the cylinder (1) rod 2
side flows to the bottom side and is combined with
TDAD-03-03-030
pressure oil from pump 1. The combined pressure
oil is delivered to the cylinder (1) bottom side so
that regenerative operation is done. This prevents a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1
cylinder hesitation and increases bucket roll-in
operating speed during bucket roll-in operation. 1- Bucket Cylinder 3- Bucket Spool
2- Check Valve

T3-3-38
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Bucket Regenerative Operation:

TDAD-03-03-031

b- Returning Oil from Cylinder (1) c- Pressure Oil to Cylinder (1)

Rod Side Bottom Side

2- Check Valve 3- Bucket Spool 4- Hole

T3-3-39
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Operation (during Bucket Regenerative Cut

Operation)
a 1 2 b

1. Pressure oil from pump 1 is routed to spool (1) of

the bucket regeneration cut valve. When cylinder 3
(3) is fully stroked or digging loads increase during
bucket roll-in operation, pressure in the cylinder (3)
bottom side is higher.
2. Spool (1) compresses spring (2) and moves upward
(to the right in the circuit diagram).
3. Therefore, pressure in the cylinder (3) bottom side 5
is higher than the rod side. As check valve (4) of
the bucket regenerative valve is kept closed and
pressure oil from the cylinder (3) rod side does not 4
flow to the bottom side, regenerative operation is
TDAD-03-03-032
not done.
4. Pressure oil from the cylinder (3) rod side flows to a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
the hydraulic oil tank through bucket spool (5) and
spool (1). 1- Spool (Bucket Regeneration 4- Check Valve
Cut Valve) 5- Bucket Spool
5. Therefore, pressure in the cylinder (3) rod side 2- Spring
decreases and digging force is improved. 3- Cylinder

T3-3-40
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Bucket Regeneration Cut Operation:

6
1

TDAD-03-03-033

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 b- To Hydraulic Oil Tank c- Returning Oil from Cylinder d- Pressure Oil to Cylinder
Rod Side Bottom Side

1- Spool (Bucket Regeneration 2- Spring 5- Bucket Spool

Cut Valve) 4- Check Valve 6- Hole

T3-3-41
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Arm Regenerative Valve

 During Normal Operation:  During Regenerative Operation:
1. Returning oil (a) from the cylinder rod side flows to 1. When solenoid valve unit (SC) is activated by the
chamber B (1) through notch (6) of arm 1 spool (5) signal from MC (main controller), spool (3) of the
during normal arm roll-in operation. arm regenerative valve is shifted by pilot pressure.
2. Pressure oil from chamber B (1) is divided into (Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
two directions. One flows to the hydraulic oil tank 2. Pressure oil (a) from chamber B (1) (cylinder rod
through notch (7) of arm 1 spool (5). The other flows side) is blocked by spool (3) of the arm regenerative
to the hydraulic oil tank through hole (2) of spool (3) valve.
in the arm regenerative valve.
3. As only the circuit through notch (11) of arm 1 spool
3. Therefore, as the pressure at the cylinder (10) (5) exists among the circuits which pressure oil
bottom side (c) is higher than the cylinder (10) rod from chamber B (1) flows to the hydraulic oil tank,
side (a), check valve (4) is kept closed. pressure in chamber B (1) increases.
4. Consequently, pressure oil from the cylinder (10) 4. Therefore, pressure (a) at the cylinder (10) rod side is
rod side (a) does not flow to the bottom side (c) so higher than pressure (c) at the cylinder (10) bottom
that regenerative operation is not done. side.
5. Consequently, pressure oil (a) at the cylinder (10)
rod side opens check valve (4), is combined with
pressure oil (d) from pump 2, and flows to cylinder
(10) bottom side (c).
6. Therefore, regenerative operation is done and the
cylinder operating speed is increased.

a a

10 10

c c
5

5 4 4
SC
b

3 3
d d

TDAD-03-03-034 TDAD-03-03-035

a- Returning Oil from Arm b- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid c- To Arm Cylinder (10) Bottom d- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
Cylinder (10) Rod Side Valve Unit (SC) Side

3- Spool (Arm Regenerative 4- Check Valve 10- Arm Cylinder

Valve) 5- Arm 1 Spool

T3-3-42
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Regenerative Operation:

SC

1
3

a 2

c
4

TDAD-03-03-036

a- Returning Oil from Arm b- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid c- To Arm Cylinder (10) Bottom d- Pressure Oil from Pump 2
Cylinder (10) Rod Side Valve Unit (SC) Side

1- Chamber B 3- Spool (Arm Regenerative 4- Check Valve 6- Notch

2- Hole Valve) 5- Arm 1 Spool 7- Notch

T3-3-43
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Anti-Drift Valve
The anti-drift valve is provided in the circuits of the boom
cylinder bottom side and arm cylinder rod side, and
reduces the cylinder drift.

fNOTE: Both boom and arm anti-drift valves are

identical in structure.

Holding Operation
1. As pressure oil from the pilot valve does not flow 1
with the control lever set in neutral (the spool in
neutral), selector valve (3) in anti-drift valve is not
shifted.
2. Therefore, pressure (a) in the boom cylinder (1)
bottom side (arm cylinder rod side) is routed to
check valve (2) (the spring (4) side) in the anti-drift
valve through selector valve (3).
3. Consequently, as check valve (2) is pushed and
the return circuit from cylinder (1) is blocked, the
cylinder (1) drift is reduced.

3 2 TDCD-03-03-025

1- Boom Cylinder 3- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector

2- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) Valve)

T3-3-44
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Holding Operation:

a
b

TDAD-03-03-037

a- Returning Oil from Cylinder (1) b- To Main Spool

(Boom Cylinder: Bottom Side,
Arm Cylinder: Rod Side)

2- Check Valve 3- Selector Valve 4- Spring

T3-3-45
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Releasing Operation
1. Pressure oil (e) from the pilot valve pushes piston 1
c d
(5) of the anti-drift valve and shifts selector valve (3)
during arm roll-in or boom lower operation.
2. Pressure oil in the spring (4) chamber of check valve
(2) is returned to the hydraulic oil tank through the
passage of selector valve (3).
e
3. When pressure in the spring (4) chamber decreases
and its pressure and the spring (4) force become
lower than pressure (a) in the cylinder (1) bottom
side, check valve (2) moves upward (to the right in
the circuit diagram).
4. Consequently, returning oil (a) from the boom 3 2 TDCD-03-03-026
cylinder (1) bottom side (arm cylinder rod side)
flows to spool (b). In addition, orifice (6) of selector
valve (3) decreases pressure in the spring (4) c- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 e- Pressure Oil from Pilot Valve
chamber slowly so that check valve (2) is prevented d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
from moving quickly and shock during arm roll-in or
1- Boom Cylinder 3- Anti-Drift Valve (Selector
boom lower operation is reduced. 2- Anti-Drift Valve (Check Valve) Valve)

T3-3-46
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Releasing Operation:

5 e

a
b

TDAD-03-03-038

a- Returning Oil from Cylinder (1) b- To Main Spool

(Boom Cylinder: Bottom Side, e- Pressure Oil from Pilot Valve
Arm Cylinder: Rod Side)

2- Check Valve 4- Spring 5- Piston 6- Orifice

3- Selector Valve

T3-3-47
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control Valve

1
The flow rate control valve is provided in the boom, arm,
bucket, and auxiliary circuits, restricts oil flow rate in the
circuit during combined operation, and gives priority to
other actuators.

Each flow rate control valve is operated during combined

operation as shown below.
Flow Rate Combined Operation
Control
Valve
Boom Boom Lower
(operation with the front attachment
6 3
above ground (high pressure at bottom
side))
Arm 1 Swing, Arm Roll-in 4
Arm 2 Boom Raise, Arm Roll-In
Bucket Boom Raise, Arm Roll-In
Auxiliary Front Attachment, Auxiliary 2 a

TDAD-03-03-034
fNOTE: The arm 1 flow rate control valve is explained
here.
a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2

Normal Operation 1- Arm Cylinder 4- Check Valve

2- Selector Valve 6- Arm 1 Spool
1. Pressure oil (a) from pump 2 is routed to check valve
3- Poppet Valve
(4) of poppet valve (3).
2. Normally, selector valve (2) is kept open so that
pressure oil (a) from pump 2 opens check valve (4)
and flows to arm 1 spool (6) through selector valve
(2).
3. When load in the actuator side is high, poppet valve
(3) is opened and pressure oil (a) from pump 2 flows
to arm 1 spool (6).
4. Therefore, pressure oil flow rate flowing to arm
1 spool (6) increases and arm operating speed
becomes fast.

T3-3-48
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Normal Operation (During Low Load)

3 4

2
a

b TDAD-03-03-039

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 b- To Arm 1 Spool c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

2- Selector Valve 3- Poppet Valve 4- Check Valve

Normal Operation (During High Load)

3

2
a

b TDAD-03-03-040

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 b- To Arm 1 Spool c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

2- Selector Valve 3- Poppet Valve

T3-3-49
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Flow Rate Control Operation

1. Selector valve (2) of the arm 1 flow rate control
valve is shifted by pilot pressure (d) from the arm
1 flow rate control valve control spool in the signal
control valve.
2. Therefore, back pressure in poppet valve (3)
increases and the force to close poppet valve (3)
appears.
1
3. Consequently, poppet valve (3) restricts flow rate to
arm 1 spool (6) and pressure oil is supplied to the
swing side which load pressure is higher.
6 3

2 a

TDAD-03-03-042

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 d- Pilot Pressure Oil from Signal

Control Valve

1- Arm Cylinder 3- Poppet Valve

2- Selector Valve 6- Arm 1 Spool

T3-3-50
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Flow Rate Control Operation

3

2
a

b
TDAD-03-03-041

a- Pressure Oil from Pump 2 c- To Hydraulic Oil Tank d- Pilot Pressure from Signal
b- To Arm 1 Spool Control Valve

2- Selector Valve 3- Poppet Valve

T3-3-51
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Digging Regenerative Valve

The digging regenerative valve is provided in the return Operation
circuit of boom raise and functions during combined
1. When solenoid valve unit (SF) is activated by the
operation of boom raise and arm roll-in.
signal from MC (main controller), pressure oil from
When the digging regenerative valve is shifted, pressure
the pilot pump flows to port SF through solenoid
oil (c) from the boom cylinder (6) rod side (return side)
valve unit (SF).
flows through the digging regenerative valve. Pressure
oil (c) is combined with pressure oil from pump 2 (8), and 2. Pressure oil (b) in port SF is routed to the end of
flows to arm 2 spool (9). Therefore, arm roll-in operating spool (4).
speed increases. (Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
3. Spool (4) compresses spring (3) and moves upward.
4. Therefore, pressure oil from the boom cylinder
(6) rod side (return side) opens check valve (1), is
combined with pressure oil from pump 2 (8), and
flows to arm 2 spool (9).
5. Consequently, as pressure oil flow rate flowing to
arm cylinder (10) increases, arm roll-in operating
speed increases.

d
c

4 1

SF TDAD-03-03-043
b

a- To Arm 2 Spool (9) b- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid c- Returning Oil from Boom d- To Boom 2 Spool (11)
Valve Unit (SF) Cylinder (6) Rod Side

1- Check Valve 4- Spool (Digging Regenerative

3- Spring Valve)

T3-3-52
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

1 4

11

5
10
6

8 7

TDAD-03-03-044

b- Pilot Pressure from Solenoid

Valve Unit (SF)

1- Check Valve 5- Boom 1 Spool 8- Pump 2 11- Boom 2 Spool

4- Spool (Digging Regenerative 6- Boom Cylinder 9- Arm 2 Spool
Valve) 7- Pump 1 10- Arm Cylinder

T3-3-53
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Valve

Boom lower meter-in cut valve (2) is provided in the
boom lower pilot circuit and functions with the boom
flow control valve together.
During boom lower operation with the front attachment
above the ground, the boom flow rate control valve
restricts pressure oil which flows to boom 1 spool (3) from
pump 1 (8).
Therefore, during combined operation of boom lower
and other actuator, the boom falls due to own weight by
pressure oil from pump 2 (9) and the regenerative circuit,
and uses pressure oil from pump 1 (8) for other actuator
so that the operating speed of other actuator increases.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Hydraulic System.)

Operation (Boom Lower with Front Attachment Operation (Jack-Up)

above Ground)
1. During jack-up operation, as pressure at the boom
1. During boom lower operation, pressure oil cylinder (6) bottom side decreases, pressure in
(returning oil) from the boom cylinder (6) bottom chamber A (14) decreases.
side flows to chamber A (14) in boom lower meter-
2. When pressure in chamber A (14) becomes lower
in cut valve (2) through orifice (12).
than the spring (13) force, boom lower meter-in cut
2. When pressure in chamber A (14) becomes larger valve (2) moves to the left due to the spring (13)
than the spring (13) force, boom lower meter-in cut force.
valve (2) compresses spring (13) and moves to the
3. Therefore, as pressure oil which is routed selector
right.
valve (1) in the boom flow rate control valve flows to
3. Therefore, as port E8 (5) is connected to the the hydraulic oil tank through boom lower meter-
hydraulic oil tank through boom lower meter-in cut in cut valve (2), selector valve (1) is returned to the
valve (2), the spool of bypass shut-out valve (7) is original position.
stay in the original position.
4. Boom lower pilot pressure oil flows to bypass shut-
4. Boom lower pilot pressure is routed to selector out valve (7) from port E8 (5) through boom lower
valve (1) of the boom flow rate control valve meter-in cut valve (2).
through the spool of boom lower meter-in cut valve
5. Therefore, the neutral circuit in 4-spool side is
(2) and port E9 (4).
blocked and pressure oil from pump 1 (8) flows to
5. Selector valve (1) of the boom flow rate control the bottom side of boom cylinder (6).
valve is shifted and pressure oil which flows to
6. Therefore, boom lower meter-in cut control is not
boom 1 spool (3) from pump 1 (8) is reduced. (Refer
activated with the track raised. (Refer to SYSTEM /
to Flow Rate Control Valve.)
Hydraulic System.)
6. Consequently, during combined operation of
boom lower and other actuator, more pressure
oil is supplied to other actuator and the actuator
operating speed increases.

T3-3-54
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Boom Lower with Front Attachment above

Ground 1

3
11

10 6
4
d

12

9 8 7 TDAD-03-03-045
12 2

a d
c
e

13
14

E8
b TDAD-03-03-046

a- Returning Oil from Boom b- To Bypass Shut-Out Valve (7) d- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
Cylinder (6) Bottom Side c- To Selector Valve e- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

1- Selector Valve (Boom Flow 4- Port E9 9- Pump 2 14- Chamber A

Rate Control Valve) 5- Port E8 10- Arm Cylinder
2- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut 6- Boom Cylinder 11- Boom 2 Spool
Valve 7- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 12- Orifice
3- Boom 1 Spool 8- Pump 1 13- Spring

T3-3-55
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve and Bypass Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve
Shut-Out Valve SN

The auxiliary flow combiner valve and the bypass shut- d

out valve are provided in the 5-spool side circuit and the a
c
downstream of 4-spool side circuit respectively.
These valve functions differ depending on whether only
the front attachment is single-operated or combined-
operated.

During Single Operation

Pressure oil from both pump 1 (5) and pump 2 (6)
are combined during single operation of attachment 2
(8). Therefore, the operating speed of attachment (8)
increases. 1

1. Attachment pilot pressure (b) is routed to port SM

and port SJ during single operation of attachment SM
b TDAD-03-03-047
(8) and spools (1, 3) in the auxiliary flow combiner
valve and bypass shut-out valve are shifted.
a- To Auxiliary Spool (7) d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank
2. When spool (3) in the bypass shut-out valve is b- Attachment Pilot Pressure
shifted, neutral circuit (e) in the 4-spool side is c- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 (6)
blocked.
1- Spool (Auxiliary Flow 2- Check Valve
3. At this time, as spool (1) in the auxiliary flow Combiner Valve)
combiner valve is also shifted, pressure oil (c) in
pump 1 (5) flows to auxiliary spool (7) through the Bypass Shut-Out Valve
auxiliary flow combiner valve.
4. Consequently, pressure oil in both pump 1 (5) and
pump 2 (6) are combined so that the operating
speed of attachment (8) increases.

fNOTE: The external shuttle valve is equipped for the

e
machine with auxiliary flow combiner optional parts
attached. When attachment is operated, attachment
pilot pressure (b) shifts the pump 1 flow rate control
d
valve in signal control valve through the external shuttle
valve. Therefore, the displacement angle of pump 1 (5)
increases and the pump delivery flow rate increases.
(Refer to COMPONENT OPERATION / Pump Device, Signal
Control Valve.)

SJ TDAD-03-03-048
b

b- Attachment Pilot Pressure e- Neutral Circuit in 4-Spool Side

d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank

3- Spool (Bypass Shut-Out

Valve)

T3-3-56
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

1 4
b

SN SM

7
e

6 5 TDAD-03-03-049

fNOTE: The illustration shows during auxiliary (open)

operation.

b- Attachment Pilot Pressure

e- Neutral Circuit in 4-Spool Side

1- Spool (Auxiliary Flow 4- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 6- Pump 2

Combiner Valve) Control Solenoid Valve 7- Auxiliary Spool
3- Spool (Bypass Shut-Out Valve) 5- Pump 1 8- Attachment

T3-3-57
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

During Combined Operation Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve

During combined operation of attachment (8) and

SN
boom, arm, bucket, or travel (right), the auxiliary flow f
combiner valve should not be shifted. Therefore,
boom, arm, bucket, and the machine travel operating a
speed can be kept at the same speed during normal c
combined operation.

1. When attachment (8) is operated, attachment pilot

pressure (b) is routed to port SM in the auxiliary flow
combiner valve.
2. When boom, arm, bucket, and travel (right) are
operated at the same time, pilot pressure (f ) from
the signal control valve is routed to port SN.
2
3. Pressure oil from port SM is routed to spool (1)
of the auxiliary flow combiner valve to the open
direction, and pressure oil from port SN and the 1 9
spring (9) force are routed to that to the close
direction.
4. As the force to the close direction is larger, spool (1) SM
is kept closed. b
TDAD-03-03-050
5. Consequently, pressure oil from pump 1 (5) is not
combined with pressure oil from pump 2 (6) so
that the machine travel operating speed can be a- To Auxiliary Spool (7) f- Pilot Pressure from Signal
b- Attachment Pilot Pressure Control Valve
kept at the same speed during normal combined
c- Pressure Oil from Pump 1 (5)
operation.
1- Spool (Auxiliary Flow 2- Check Valve
Combiner Valve) 9- Spring

T3-3-58
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

1 b
f 4

SN SM

10
8

7
11

6 5 TDAD-03-03-051

fNOTE: The illustration shows during auxiliary (open) /

bucket roll-out operation.

b- Attachment Pilot Pressure f- Pilot Pressure from Signal

Control Valve

1- Spool (Auxiliary Flow 4- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 6- Pump 2 10- Bucket Cylinder
Combiner Valve) Control Solenoid Valve 7- Auxiliary Spool 11- Bucket Spool
3- Spool (Bypass Shut-Out Valve) 5- Pump 1 8- Attachment

T3-3-59
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Blade Control Valve (Optional), Positioning

Control Valve (Optional)
Outline
The blade control valve controls the oil pressure, flow rate,
and flow direction in the blade circuit. The positioning
control valve controls the oil pressure, flow rate, and flow
direction in the positioning circuit. The major parts are the
overload relief valve and spools. The spools are operated
by the pilot oil pressure.

TDAD-03-03-052

1- Overload Relief Valve

T3-3-60
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

3
TDAD-03-03-053

Section X-X
X

3
T178-03-03-070 T198-03-03-003
X

1- Load Check Valve (Tandem 2- Overload Relief Valve 4- Load Check Valve (Parallel
Circuit) 3- Overload Relief Valve Circuit)

T3-3-61
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

2-Piece Boom (Optional)

Positioning Circuit

 Pressure oil from the pilot valve flows to bypass

shut-out valve (2) through external shuttle valve
(8) during boom lower or positioning operation.
Therefore, bypass shut-out valve (2) is shifted.
 During Single Operation:
As bypass shut-out valve (2) is shifted, neutral circuit
(1) in the control valve 4-spool side is blocked
and pressure oil from pump 1 (9) is supplied to
positioning control valve (5).
 During Combined Operation:
Neutral circuit (1) in the control valve 4-spool side is
blocked by the spool during combined operation of
boom, arm, or bucket and positioning. Pressure oil
from pump 1 (9) is supplied to positioning control
valve (5) through parallel circuit (10) in the 4-spool
side.
 Overload relief valve (4) is provided in the actuator
circuit (between positioning control valve (5) and
the actuator) of positioning. Overload relief valve (4)
prevents surge pressure caused by external force in
the actuator circuit from exceeding the set pressure
when the spool is in neutral (with the control lever
set in neutral).

T3-3-62
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

8 3

10

9
4

7 6 TDAD-03-03-054
5

1- Neutral Circuit 4- Overload Relief Valve 7- Positioning Pilot Pressure 10- Parallel Circuit
2- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 5- Positioning Control Valve 8- Shuttle Valve
3- Positioning Cylinder 6- Boom Lower Pilot Pressure 9- Pump 1

T3-3-63
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Pilot Operation Control Circuit

Pressure oil (indicated with numbers) from the pilot
valve is routed to the spool in the control valve in order
to move the spool.
In the following operations, pressure oil moves the
spool and is routed to the following selector valves.
 During arm roll-in (4) operation, pressure oil moves
the arm spool and shifts the spool of hose rapture
valve (arm).
 During boom lower (2) operation, pressure oil moves
the boom spool and shifts the spool of hose rapture
valve (boom).
 In addition, during boom lower (2) operation, the
divided pressure oil shifts the bypass-shutout valve
through the boom lower meter-in cut valve.
 During positioning operation, pressure oil moves
the positioning spool and shifts the bypass shut-out
valve.

In addition, the air bleed circuit is located in the upper

of control valve and bleeds air automatically.

T3-3-64
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

4 b

TDAD-03-03-055

a- Air Bleed Circuit c- Shuttle Valve e- Pilot Pressure from Positioning g- Pilot Pressure to Hose Rapture
b- Pilot Pressure to Hose Rapture d- Boom Lower Meter-In Cut Pilot Valve Valve (Arm)
Valve (Boom) Valve f- Bypass Shut-Out Valve

2- Boom Lower 4- Arm Roll-In

T3-3-65
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

Blade Circuit (Optional)

Neutral Circuit
1. When the control lever is in neutral, pressure oil
from blade pump (7) returns to the hydraulic oil
tank through blade control valve (6).

Single Operation Circuit

1. When the blade is operated, the blade signal
selector valve and bypass shut-out valve (5) are
shifted.
2. When the blade signal selector valve is shifted, the
pilot pressure from the blade signal selector valve
shifts flow combiner valve (2).
3. When flow combiner valve (2) is shifted, pressure oil
from pump 1 (8) is combined with pressure oil from
pump 2 (9) in control valve (1). Combined pressure
oil flows to blade control valve (6).
4. After pressure oil from blade pump (7) is combined
with pressure oil from pump 1 (8) and pump 2 (9) in
blade control valve (1), combined pressure oil flows
to blade cylinder (4).
5. Due to the above operation, the blade cylinder (4)
operating speed is increased.

fNOTE: When combined operation with the blade is

made, actuator speed other than the blade cylinder must
be procured. Therefore, orifice (3) is provided in the oil
flow combiner circuit from pump 1 (8) and pump 2 (9).

T3-3-66
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

3
1 2 a

5 4

9 8

6
7
TDAD-02-04-022

a- Pilot Pressure from Blade b- Pilot Pressure from Blade Pilot

Signal Selector Valve Valve

1- Control Valve 4- Blade Cylinder 7- Blade Pump

2- Flow Combiner Valve 5- Bypass Shut-Out Valve 8- Pump 1
3- Orifice 6- Blade Control Valve 9- Pump 2

T3-3-67
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 3 Control Valve

(Blank)

T3-3-68
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Outline
The pilot valve controls pilot pressure oil in order to move
the spool in the control valve.
The pilot valve outputs pressure according to the control
lever stroke by PPC (Pressure Proportional Control Valve)
function and moves the spool in the control valve.
The 4-port pilot valves for front attachment / swing and
for travel are standard.
The 2-port pilot valve is for auxiliary (optional), for blade
(optional), and for positioning (only 2-piece boom spec.
machine).

 Front Attachment / Swing Pilot Valve

Port
ISO Control Pattern Hitachi Pattern
No.
1 Bucket Roll-Out 
2 Boom Lower 
Right
3 Bucket Roll-In 
4 Boom Raise 
1 Swing (Right) Arm Roll-In
2 Arm Roll- Out Swing (Right)
Left
3 Swing (Left) Arm Roll- Out
4 Arm Roll-In Swing (Left)

P T
Hydraulic
P 4
Symbol

1 3 2 4 3
TPPP-03-04-002 1

TPPP-03-04-001
2 T
P- Port P T- Port T
(Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

T3-4-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

 Travel Pilot Valve

Port No.
1 Travel (Right Reverse)
2 Travel (Right Forward)
3 Travel (Left Forward)
4 Travel (Left Reverse) T
P T
Hydraulic P
Symbol

TPPP-03-04-003

1 2 3 4
TPPP-03-04-002
3 4

2 1

TPPP-03-04-004
 Auxiliary / Blade / Positioning Pilot Valve
P- Port P T- Port T
Port No. (Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)
1 Open
Auxiliary
2 Close
1 Lower
Blade
2 Raise
1 Raise
Positioning
2 Lower

P
P T
Hydraulic
Symbol

1 2 TDAA-03-04-006
1 2
TDAA-03-04-007
P- Port P T- Port T
(Pressure Oil from Pilot Pump) (To Hydraulic Oil Tank)

T3-4-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Operation (Front Attachment / Swing and Front Attachment /

Travel Pilot Valves) Swing Pilot Valve

1
The spool (7) head comes in contact with the upper
surface of spring guide (4). Spring guide (4) is kept raised
by return spring (6). 2

fNOTE: Total lever strokes for front attachment and 3

swing controls are determined by stroke dimension 4
(E) of pusher (2). Total lever stroke for travel control is 5
determined by stroke dimension (E) of cam (1).
6

TPPP-03-04-005

Travel Pilot Valve

1

2
3
4

5
6

TPPP-03-04-010

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool

2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Neutral (Output Curve: A to B):

1. When in neutral, spool (7) completely blocks
pressure oil from port P (pilot pump). In addition,
the output port is opened to port T (hydraulic oil a E F
tank) through the inner passage in spool (7).
2. Therefore, pressure in the output port is equal to D
that in port T.
3. When the control lever is slightly tilted, cam (1) is
tilted and pusher (2) is pushed downward. Pusher
C
(2) compresses return spring (6) along with spring
guide (4) together.
4. At this time, as pressure in the output port is equal A B b
to that in port T, spool (7) moves downward due to T523-02-05-001
the balance spring (5) force while keeping the lower
surface of the spool (7) head in contact with spring a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke
guide (4).
5. This status continues until hole (8) on spool (7) is
connected to port P.

T3-4-4
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment /
Swing Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2

3 3 7

4 4 T

5 5
6 6
8
P

7 T 7 T

8 P 8 P

a a
TPPP-03-04-015 TPPP-03-04-006

Travel Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2
T

3 7
3
P
4 4 8

5 5
6 6
a

T T
7 7
P P
8 8

a a
TPPP-03-04-016 TPPP-03-04-011

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool

2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-5
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

During Metering or Decompressing (Output Curve:

C to D)
1. When the control lever is further tilted and pusher
(2) is moved downward further, hole (8) on spool a E F
(7) is connected to port P and pressure oil in port P
flows to the output port. D
2. Pressure in the output port is routed to the bottom
surface of spool (7) so that spool (7) is pushed
upward.
C
3. When the force to move spool (7) upward is smaller
than the balance spring (5) force, balance spring (5)
is not compressed so that spool (7) is not raised and A B b
pressure in the output port increases.
T523-02-05-001
4. As pressure in the output port increases further, the
force to move spool (7) upward increases. When a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke
this force overcomes the balance spring (5) force,
spool (7) compresses balance spring (5) and moves
upward.
5. As spool (7) is moved upward, hole (8) is closed so
that pressure oil from port P stops flowing to the
output port and pressure in the output port stops
increasing.
6. As spool (7) is moved downward and balance spring
(5) is compressed, pressure routed to the bottom
surface of spool (7) increases until pressure balances
with the increasing spring force. This increasing
pressure becomes pressure in the output port.

T3-4-6
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment /
Swing Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2
7 7
3 T 3
4 T
4
8 8
5 5
6 6
P
P

7 7

T T

P P
8 8

a a
TPPP-03-04-007 TPPP-03-04-008

Travel Pilot Valve

1 1

2 2

T T
7 7
3 3
P P
4 4
5 8 5 8
6 6
a a

T T
7 7

P P

8 8
a a
TPPP-03-04-012 TPPP-03-04-013

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool

2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-7
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Full Stroke (Output Curve: E to F)

1. When the control lever is fully stroked, pusher (2)
is moved downward until pusher (2) on the front
attachment / swing pilot valve comes in contact a E F
with the casing (3) shoulder, or cam (1) on the travel
pilot valve comes in contact with casing (3). D
2. At this time, the bottom surface of pusher (2)
directly pushes spool (7). Therefore, even if pressure
in the output port increases further, hole (8) on
spool (7) is kept open. C

3. Consequently, pressure in the output port is equal

to that in port P. A B b

T523-02-05-001

a- Pilot Pressure b- Control Lever Stroke

T3-4-8
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Front Attachment /
Swing Pilot Valve

2
3
4
5
6

8 P

a
TPPP-03-04-009

Travel Pilot Valve

4
5
6

T
7

8
a

TPPP-03-04-014

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Casing 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool

2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-9
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

(Blank)

T3-4-10
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Operation (Auxiliary / Blade / Positioning

Pilot Valve)

1
The spool (7) head comes in contact with the upper
surface of spring guide (4). Spring guide (4) is kept raised
by return spring (6).
E

fNOTE: Total lever stroke is determined by stroke

dimension (E) of cam (1). 2
3

4
5

6
7
8

TDAA-03-04-001

1- Cam 3- Plate 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool

2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-11
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

 Auxiliary / Blade / Positioning Pilot Valve

Neutral (Output Curve: A to B):

1. When the control pedal is in neutral, spool (7) a
completely blocks pressure oil from port P. In
addition, the output port is opened to port T D
(hydraulic oil tank) through the inner passage in
spool (7).
2. Therefore, pressure in the output port is equal to
that in port T. C

3. When the control pedal is slightly depressed, cam

(1) is moved and pusher (2) is pushed downward. A B b
Pusher (2) compresses return spring (6) along with
spring guide (4) together. T1F3-03-09-004

4. At this time, as pressure in the output port is equal a- Pilot Pressure b- Pusher Stroke
to that in port T, spool (7) moves downward due to
the balance spring (5) force while keeping the lower
surface of the spool (7) head in contact with spring
guide (4).
5. This status continues until hole (8) on spool (7) is
connected to port P.

fNOTE: The pusher stroke while hole (8) on spool (7) is

connected to port P is play.

T3-4-12
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

4
5 T

6
7 P

a TDAA-03-04-001

7 T
2

8
P

4 a
T
5

6
P
7

a
TDAA-03-04-002

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Plate 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool

2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-13
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

During Metering or Decompressing (Output Curve:

C to D)
1. When the control pedal is further depressed and
pusher (2) is moved downward further, hole (8) on a
spool (7) is connected to port P and pressure oil in
port P flows to the output port. D
2. Pressure in the output port acts on the bottom
surface of spool (7) so that spool (7) is pushed
upward.
C
3. When the force to move spool (7) upward is smaller
than the balance spring (5) force, balance spring (5)
is not compressed so that spool (7) is not raised and A B b
pressure in the output port increases.
T1F3-03-09-004
4. As pressure in the output port increases further, the
force to move spool (7) upward increases. When a- Pilot Pressure b- Pusher Stroke
this force overcomes the balance spring (5) force,
balance spring (5) is compressed so that spool (7) is
moved upward.
5. As spool (7) is moved upward, hole (8) is closed so
that pressure oil from port P stops flowing to the
output port and pressure in the output port stops
increasing.
6. As spool (7) is moved downward and balance spring
(5) is compressed, pressure acting on the bottom
surface of spool (7) increases until pressure balances
with the increasing spring force. This increasing
pressure becomes pressure in the output port.

T3-4-14
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

7 T
2
8

4 a
T
5

6
P
7

a
TDAA-03-04-004

7 T
2
8

4 a
T
5

6
P
7

a
TDAA-03-04-003

P- Port P T- Port T a- Output Port

1- Cam 3- Plate 5- Balance Spring 7- Spool

2- Pusher 4- Spring Guide 6- Return Spring 8- Hole

T3-4-15
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 4 Pilot Valve

Shockless Function (Only for Travel Pilot

Valve)
The travel pilot valve has damper (1) enabling damping of
the speed change shock by travel control lever (4).
Damper (1) is composed of support (5), gear 1 (9), gear 2
(8), and others. Gear 1 (9) is connected to support (5).
Support (5) is secure to bracket (6) by spring pin (2). Travel
1 2 3
control lever (4) and travel pedal (3) are secure to bracket
(6). Therefore, support (5) rotates transversely around pin A
(7) according to movement of travel control lever (4).
4
Operation
5
1. If travel control lever (4) is released while traveling,
spring force of the return spring returns travel
6
control lever (4) to the neutral position.
2. At this time, gear 1 (9) and gear 2 (8) inside damper 7
(1) receive opposing force due to friction. 8
3. Consequently, as travel control lever (4) gradually 9
returns to the neutral position, the extent of sudden A
stop at the time of abrupt release of travel control
lever (4) is reduced.

T1M7-03-04-002

Section A-A 2

5
1

7
T1M7-03-04-003

1- Damper 6- Bracket
2- Spring Pin 7- Pin
3- Travel Pedal 8- Gear 2
4- Travel Control Lever 9- Gear 1
5- Support

T3-4-16
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Outline
The travel device consists of travel motor (4), travel Travel reduction gear (2) is a two-stage planetary
reduction gear (2), and travel brake valve (1). reduction gear, converts the travel motor (4) rotation
Travel motor (4) is a swash plate type variable power to a slow-large torque, and rotates sprocket (3) and
displacement axial plunger motor and equipped with a the track.
parking brake (a wet-type spring set hydraulic released Travel brake valve (1) protects the travel circuit from being
multi-disc brake). Travel motor (4) is driven by pressure oil overloaded and prevents the occurrence of cavitation.
from the pump and transmits the rotation power to travel
reduction gear (2).

1 2

T176-03-05-001
4

1- Travel Brake Valve 2- Travel Reduction Gear 3- Sprocket 4- Travel Motor

T3-5-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Reduction Gear

The travel reduction gear is a two-stage planetary Housing (14) of the travel motor is secured to the track
reduction gear. frame with bolts. In addition, housing (14) is secured to
The travel motor rotates propeller shaft (7). This rotation is drum (13) via bearing (15) with bearing nut (11). Second
transmitted to ring gear (1) through first stage planetary stage carrier (4) is connected to housing (14) by a spline
gear (8), first stage carrier (6), sun gear (5), second stage joint.
planetary gear (9), and second stage carrier (4). Ring gear (1), drum (13), and sprocket (12) are secured
with bolts respectively. Therefore, when ring gear (1)
rotates, drum (13) and sprocket (12) also rotate.

15 1 4 5 6

14 13 11 9 8

12
T176-03-05-001

1- Ring Gear 6- First Stage Carrier 9- Second Stage Planetary Gear 13- Drum
4- Second Stage Carrier 7- Propeller Shaft 11- Bearing Nut 14- Housing
5- Sun Gear 8- First Stage Planetary Gear 12- Sprocket 15- Bearing

T3-5-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Motor
The travel motor is a swash plate type variable When pressure oil is supplied from the pump, plunger (5)
displacement axial plunger motor, and consists of valve is pushed. As swash plate (4) is inclined, shoe (3) on the
plate (6), swash plate (4), rotor (2), plunger (5), and shaft end of plunger (5) slides along swash plate (4) and rotor
(1). (2) rotates.
Shaft (1) is connected to rotor (2) by a spline joint into
which plunger (5) is inserted.

1 2 3 4

6 5

T176-03-05-002

1- Shaft 3- Shoe 5- Plunger 6- Valve Plate

2- Rotor 4- Swash Plate

T3-5-4
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Operation
1. Pressure oil flows to port B in valve plate (6), enters
one side in rotor (2), and pushes plunger (5).
2. This force and inclination of swash plate (4) make
shoe (3) slide on swash plate (4) in order to rotate
rotor (2) and output shaft (7).
3. As rotor (2) rotates, when plungers (5) reach port A,
pressure oil is returned to the hydraulic oil tank.
4. Whether forward travel or reverse travel depends on
whether pressure oil is supplied to port A or port B.

A B
A
B

7 4 3 6

T183-03-05-009

A- Port A B- Port B
(Pressure oil from main pump (Pressure oil from main pump
or returning oil to hydraulic oil or returning oil to hydraulic oil
tank) tank)

2- Rotor 4- Swash Plate 6- Valve Plate 7- Output Shaft

3- Shoe 5- Plunger

T3-5-5
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Parking Brake
The parking brake is a wet-type spring set hydraulic
released multi-disc brake. The brake is released when
the brake release pressure oil is routed to brake piston
chamber (a).
The parking brake is automatically applied unless the
travel function is operated.
Friction plates (2) and plates (3) are connected to rotor
(4) and housing (1) of the travel motor by a spline joint
respectively.

When brake is released When brake is applied

1. When the travel control lever is operated, pressure 1. When the travel control lever is returned to neutral,
oil from the main pump is routed to port AV or BV in counterbalance valve spool (8) in the travel brake
the travel motor through the control valve. valve is returned to neutral.
2. This pressure oil shifts counterbalance valve spool 2. As pressure oil routed to brake piston (5) is returned
(8) in the travel brake valve and is routed to brake to the drain circuit through orifice (6) in housing (1),
piston (5) through the notch on counterbalance brake piston (5) is returned by disc spring (7).
valve spool (8).
3. Consequently, the spring force acts on friction
3. Consequently, as brake piston (5) is pushed, plates plate (2), which is engaged with the external
(3) and friction plates (2) become freed each other circumference of rotor (4), and on plate (3), which
so that the brake is released. is engaged with the inside of housing (1) of the
travel motor through brake piston (5). Therefore, the
external circumference of rotor (4) is secured with
friction force.

T3-5-6
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

When brake is applied: When brake is released:

6 1 3 3

2 2

7 7 4
a 5
a 5

b
1
BV AV
8 4

TDAD-03-05-002

AV- Port AV BV- Port BV a- Brake Piston Chamber b- To Brake Piston

(Pressure oil from main pump) (Pressure oil from main pump)

1- Housing 3- Plate 5- Brake Piston 7- Disc Spring

2- Friction Plate 4- Rotor 6- Orifice 8- Counterbalance Valve Spool

T3-5-7
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Brake Valve

The travel brake valve is located on the travel motor head
and consists of the following valves.

 Counterbalance Valve (2):

Counterbalance valve (2) ensures smooth start / stop
travel operation and prevents the machine from
running away when traveling on a down slope. In
addition, counterbalance valve (2) routes the travel
motor operating pressure oil in the high-pressure port
(AV or BV) to the parking brake.

 Check Valve (3):

Check valve (3) assists the counterbalance valve (2)
operation and prevents cavitation in the motor circuit.

 Overload Relief Valve (6):

Overload relief valve (6) prevents the occurrence of
overload and surge pressure in the motor circuit and
reduces shock loads developed when stopping travel
operation.

 Shuttle Valve (1):

Shuttle valve (1) routes the travel motor operating
pressure oil in high-pressure port (AM or BM) to travel
motor displacement angle control valve (5).

 Travel Motor Displacement Angle Control Valve (5):

Travel motor displacement angle control valve (5)
delivers pilot pressure oil routed by shuttle valve (1) for
piston operation to the piston through orifice (4) (for
slow / fast speed).

 Orifice (4) (for slow / fast speed):

Orifice (4) makes the travel mode control (displacement
angle control) smooth.

T3-5-8
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

3 1 2 3

Section A-A

6 A 6 5 4
T176-03-05-004

1- Shuttle Valve 3- Check Valve 5- Travel Motor Displacement 6- Overload Relief Valve
2- Counterbalance Valve 4- Orifice Angle Control Valve

T3-5-9
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Counterbalance Valve
 While Traveling
1. When pressure oil from the control valve enters port
BV (8), pressure oil flows around the outer surface
of spool (9), unseats check valve BC (7), and flows
further to motor port BM (6).
2. On the other hand, returning oil from the travel
motor is routed to motor port AM (4). However, its
passage is blocked by check valve AC (3) and spool
(9).
3. When pressure in port BV (8) increases further,
pressure oil is routed to chamber B (10) through
orifice (f ) in spool (9) and moves spool (9) to the
right.
4. Consequently, returning oil from the travel motor
flows to port AV (1) through notch (h) on spool (9).
As pressure oil starts flowing at this stage, the travel
motor starts rotating.
5. When the travel control lever is returned to neutral,
spool (9) is returned to the original position by the
spring force and blocks the oil passage so that the
travel motor rotation is stopped.

 While Descending a Slope

1. When the machine descends a slope, the travel
motors are forcibly rotated by the machine self
weight like a pump.
2. If the travel motor draws oil, oil pressure in port BV
(8) and chamber B (10) decrease. Spool (9) moves to
the left so that returning oil from the travel motor is
reduced.
3. Therefore, oil pressure in motor port AM (4)
increases and functions the travel motor brake.
4. Once pressure oil is reduced, pressure in port BV (8)
increases again and moves spool (9) to the right.
By repeating this (hydraulic brake operation), the
machine is prevented from running away.

T3-5-10
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

During travel operation:

10 8 9 1 2

h
f

6 4

7
3

TDAD-03-05-005

1- Port AV 4- Motor Port AM 7- Check Valve BC 10- Chamber B

2- Chamber A 5- Overload Relief Valve 8- Port BV
3- Check Valve AC 6- Motor Port BM 9- Spool (Counterbalance Valve)

T3-5-11
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Overload Relief Valve

When the circuit pressure increases over the set pressure,
the overload relief valve is opened and high pressure oil is
relieved to the low-pressure side, so that the travel motor
is protected from being overloaded.
In addition, overload relief valve relieves the shock loads
developed due to inertia force when stopping the travel
motor.
When the travel motor draws pressure oil like a pump,
the check valve is unseated (make-up operation) and
prevents the cavitation.

Operation (Relief Operation) Operation (Make-Up Operation)

1. Pressure oil in the travel circuit is routed to poppet 1. When the machine descends a slope, the travel
(5) through motor port BM (9) (or motor port AM motors are forcibly rotated by the machine self
(3)). weight like a pump.
2. Pressure oil flows to the spring (7) chamber through 2. As the travel motor draws pressure oil like a pump,
orifice (4) in poppet (5). check valve BC (10) or check valve AC (11) is
unseated so that cavitation is prevented.
3. Pressure oil flowing to the spring (7) chamber is
routed to piston (6) through orifice (8) and moves
piston (6) upward.
4. As long as piston (6) keeps moving, a pressure
difference is developed between the front and
rear of poppet (5). When this pressure difference is
increased beyond the spring (7) force, poppet (5) is
opened and pressure oil flows to the hydraulic oil
tank. (Shockless Function)
5. When piston (6) reaches the stroke end, the
pressure difference between the front and rear of
poppet (5) disappears and poppet (5) is closed.
6. Under this condition, normal relief pressure is set.
7. When the pressure in the travel circuit increases
beyond the spring (7) force, poppet (5) is opened
and pressure oil at the relief set pressure flows to
the hydraulic oil tank.
8. As described above, relief operation in two-stages
prevents the travel motor from being overloaded
and reduces shocks developed in the circuit when
stopping the travel motor.

T3-5-12
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Relief Operation (at Port BV Side):

1 2

10 11

9 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8 TDAD-03-05-001

1- Port BV 4- Orifice 7- Spring 10- Check Valve BC

2- Port AV 5- Poppet 8- Orifice 11- Check Valve AC
3- Motor Port AM 6- Piston 9- Motor Port BM

T3-5-13
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

Travel Mode Control

The displacement angle of swash plate (10) is changed by
piston (11) movement in order to shift the travel mode.

 Slow Speed
1. When the travel mode switch is in the Slow position,
MC (main controller) does not send the signals
to solenoid valve unit (SG) so that pilot pressure
is not routed to pilot port (4) of the travel motor
displacement angle control valve (3). Spool (5) of
travel motor displacement angle control valve (3) is
pushed upward by spring (6).
2. Therefore, as pressure oil in the high-pressure side
motor port AM or BM is not routed to piston (11),
the displacement angle is held to the maximum.
Therefore, the stroke of plunger (9) is increased and
the travel motor rotates at slow speed.

T3-5-14
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

8 9 10 11

TDAD-03-05-003

a- To Drain

3- Travel Motor Displacement 5- Spool 8- Orifice (for slow / fast speed) 11- Piston
Angle Control Valve 6- Spring 9- Plunger
4- Pilot Port 7- Piston Control Shuttle Valve 10- Swash Plate

T3-5-15
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

 Fast Speed
1. When the travel mode switch is set to the Fast
position, MC (main controller) sends the signals to
solenoid valve unit (SG) in response to travel loads.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control system / Travel Motor
Displacement Angle Control.)
2. Pilot pressure is supplied from pilot port (4) of travel
motor displacement angle control valve (3) and
moves spool (5) downward.
3. Pressure oil in the high-pressure side motor port
AM or BM flows through the inner passage of travel
motor, shuttle valve (7), spool (5), and orifice (8).
Pressure oil flowing through orifice (8) is gradually
routed to piston (11).
4. Therefore, piston (11) pushes swash plate (10) so
that the displacement angle of swash plate (10) is
reduced. As the stroke of plunger (9) is reduced, the
travel motor rotates at fast speed.

T3-5-16
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

b 7

8 9 10 11

TDAD-03-05-004

b- Pressure oil from motor port

AM or BM

3- Travel Motor Displacement 5- Spool 8- Orifice (for slow / fast speed) 11- Piston
Angle Control Valve 6- Spring 9- Plunger
4- Pilot Port 7- Piston Control Shuttle Valve 10- Swash Plate

T3-5-17
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 5 Travel Device

(Blank)

T3-5-18
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Outline
The signal control valve is provided in the pilot circuit
between the pilot valve and the control valve, and
controls various signal pressure used to regulate the
pumps and valves.
The major components of signal control valve are the
shuttle valve, shockless valve (1), pump 1 flow rate control
valve (6), pump 2 flow rate control valve (3), bucket flow
rate control valve control spool (2), flow combiner valve
control spool (4), swing parking brake release spool (5),
and arm 1 flow rate control valve control spool (7).

Section A-A
A

7 2

a 6 3

5 4

TDAD-03-06-001 T178-03-06-002

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Shockless Valve 3- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control 5- Swing Parking Brake Release 7- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve
2- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Valve Spool Control Spool
Control Spool 4- Flow Combiner Valve Control 6- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
Spool Valve

T3-6-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Port
Pilot Valve Side
Port Name Connected to Remark
Port A Right Pilot Valve Boom Raise Pilot Pressure
Port B Right Pilot Valve Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
Port C Left Pilot Valve Arm Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port D Left Pilot Valve Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port E Left Pilot Valve Swing (Left) Pilot Pressure
Port F Left Pilot Valve Swing (Right) Pilot Pressure
Port G Right Pilot Valve Bucket Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port H Right Pilot Valve Bucket Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port I Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Left Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port J Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Left Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port K Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Right Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port L Travel Pilot Valve Travel (Right Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port M Auxiliary Pilot Valve Auxiliary Open Pilot Pressure
Port N Auxiliary Pilot Valve Auxiliary Close Pilot Pressure
Port SA Pump 1 Regulator Pump 1 Control Pressure
Port SB Pump 2 Regulator Pump 2 Control Pressure
Port PI Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve Primary Pilot Pressure
Port PH - Plug
Port SH Swing Parking Brake Brake Release Pressure
Port DF Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank

T3-6-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Valve Side

C PH

E M

D B

H SB

G
F
N
PI
I

K
J

SH
DF

SA L

TDAD-03-06-002

Control Valve Side

3
SM

1 5

13

2 4

SK SE

S3 8

14 6

9 SN

10

11
SL
TR 12 SP

TDAD-03-06-003

T3-6-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Control Valve Side

Port Name Connected to Remark
Port 1 Control Valve Boom Raise Pilot Pressure
Port 2 Control Valve Boom Lower Pilot Pressure
Port 3 Control Valve Arm Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port 4 Control Valve Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port 5 Control Valve Swing (Left) Pilot Pressure
Port 6 Control Valve Swing (Right) Pilot Pressure
Port 7 Control Valve Bucket Roll-In Pilot Pressure
Port 8 Control Valve Bucket Roll-Out Pilot Pressure
Port 9 Control Valve Travel (Left Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port 10 Control Valve Travel (Left Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port 11 Control Valve Travel (Right Forward) Pilot Pressure
Port 12 Control Valve Travel (Right Reverse) Pilot Pressure
Port 13 Control Valve Auxiliary Open Pilot Pressure
Port 14 Control Valve Auxiliary Close Pilot Pressure
Port SE Control Valve Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Control Pressure
Port SM Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank
Port SN - Plug
Port SP Hydraulic Oil Tank Returning to Hydraulic Oil Tank
Port SL Control Valve Flow Combiner Valve Control Pressure
Port SK Control Valve Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Control Pressure
Port S3 Pressure Sensor (Swing) -
Port TR Pressure Sensor (Travel) -

Machine with Attachment (Pulverizers 1 to 5 and Crushers 1 to 5) Equipped

Port SM Auxiliary Flow Combiner Solenoid Valve Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Control Pressure
Port SN Auxiliary Flow Combiner Control Pressure Auxiliary Flow Combiner Valve Control Pressure
Reducing Valve
Port SP Auxiliary Flow Combiner Solenoid Valve Pump 1 Control Pressure

T3-6-4
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pilot Valve Side

C PH

E M

D B

H SB

G
F
N
PI
I

K
J

SH
DF

SA L

TDAD-03-06-002

Control Valve Side

3
SM

1 5

13

2 4

SK SE

S3 8

14 6

9 SN

10

11
SL
TR 12 SP

TDAD-03-06-003

T3-6-5
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

(Blank)

T3-6-6
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Shuttle Valve
The shuttle valve selects pilot pressure used to perform
each operation and routes pilot pressure to the
corresponding control valves and/or control spools.
The spools corresponding to each operation are as
follows:

Pump 1 Flow Pump 2 Flow Bucket Flow Flow Combiner Swing Parking Arm 1 Flow
Rate Control Rate Control Rate Control Valve Control Brake Release Rate Control
Valve Valve Valve Control Spool Spool Valve Control
Spool Spool
Boom Raise   - -  -
Boom Lower  - - -  -
Arm Roll-Out   - -  -
Arm Roll-In    -  
Bucket Roll-In  - - -  -
Bucket Roll-Out  - - -  -
Swing (Right) -  - -  -
Swing (Left) -  - -  -
Travel (Right)  - -  - -
Travel (Left) -  - - - -
Auxiliary *  - -  -

fNOTE: *: As for the machine with attachment

(pulverizers 1 to 5 and crushers 1 to 5) equipped, the
pump 1 flow rate control valve is operated by pressure
from the auxiliary pilot valve.

T3-6-7
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

5 6 7 8 9
a b c d e f 10
4
11
3
12
2
13
14
15
16
1 17

l k j i h g

TDBC-03-06-001

a- Travel (Left) f- Bucket i- Flow Combiner Valve Control k- Pump 2 Flow Rate Control
b- Travel (Right) g- Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Spool Valve
c- Swing Control Spool j- Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve l- Pump 1 Flow Rate Control
d- Arm h- Swing Parking Brake Release Control Spool Valve
e- Boom Spool

1- Travel (Left) 6- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel 11- Boom, Arm, Bucket 16- Swing, Auxiliary
2- Travel (Left, Right) (Right) 12- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, 17- Auxiliary
3- Travel (Right) 7- Boom, Arm Auxiliary
4- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel 8- Boom 13- Boom Raise, Arm, Swing,
(Right) 9- Boom Raise, Arm Auxiliary
5- Arm 10- Boom Raise, Arm, Travel (Left), 14- Bucket
Swing 15- Swing

T3-6-8
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

B
9
8
B
5
16
7
17
15

11 13
a 6 14
3 10
12
4
1
2

TDAD-03-06-001 TDCD-03-06-004

a- Pilot Valve Side

1- Travel (Left) 6- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel 11- Boom, Arm, Bucket 16- Swing, Auxiliary
2- Travel (Left, Right) (Right) 12- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing, 17- Auxiliary
3- Travel (Right) 7- Boom, Arm Auxiliary
4- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Travel 8- Boom 13- Boom Raise, Arm, Swing,
(Right) 9- Boom Raise, Arm Auxiliary
5- Arm 10- Boom Raise, Arm, Travel (Left), 14- Bucket
Swing 15- Swing

T3-6-9
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Shockless Valve 1 2 3

The shockless valve is provided in the boom raise circuit

and functions during boom lowering operation or when
stopping boom raise operation.

During boom raise operation

1. Boom raise pilot pressure is routed to spool (1)
through port A (2). 5 9
2. Immediately after operation is started, low pilot 4 T1V1-03-06-003
pressure is routed to the spring B (3) chamber
through clearance C between spool (1) and housing
(7) and inner passage 3 (9). In addition, pilot
pressure is also routed to port 1 (4) through inner 6 1 2 3
passage 2 (5) at the same time.
3. When pilot pressure increases, pressure in the
spring B (3) chamber also increases. Spool (1)
pushes spring A (6) and is moved to the left.
4. As spool (1) is moved, port A (2) is connected to port
1 (4) and pressure in the port 1 (4) side increases, so
that the control valve spool is moved.

4 T1V1-03-06-002

1- Spool 5- Inner Passage 2

2- Port A 6- Spring A
3- Spring B 9- Inner Passage 3
4- Port 1

T3-6-10
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

During boom raise operation:

6 1 2
C

5 3

9
4 T183-03-06-003

1 2

4 T183-03-06-004

Detail of Clearance C 7

1
T1V1-03-06-008

1- Spool 3- Spring B 5- Inner Passage 2 7- Housing

2- Port A 4- Port 1 6- Spring A 9- Inner Passage 3

T3-6-11
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

During boom lower operation or when stopping 6 2 1 3

boom raise operation (shock reducing operation)
1. During boom lower operation or when stopping
boom raise operation, the returning oil from the
boom raise spool in control valve is routed to port 1
(4).
2. As spool (1) blocks the oil passage between port
8
1 (4) and port A (2), the returning oil cannot flow
9
directly to port A (2).
3. Port 1 (4) is connected to the spring A (6) side in 4 T1V1-03-06-004
spool (1) through inner passage 1 (8) and to spring
B chamber (3) through inner passage 3 (9).
4. Pressure oil in spring B (3) flows from clearance C 6 1 2 3
between spool (1) and housing (7) and pressure
in spring B (3) decreases. Spool (1) is moved to the
right by the pressure routed to the spring A (6)
side. Therefore, clearance C between spool (1) and
housing (7) is closed, so that pressure oil is blocked.
5. When clearance C is closed, pressure in spring B 8
(3) increases and spool (1) is moved to the left.
Therefore, clearance C is opened again and pressure
oil flows to the port A (2) side.
4 T1V1-03-06-002
6. As the operations in step 4 to step 5 are repeated
and pressure oil is gradually returned to the port A
(2) side, the control valve spool is returned slowly. 1- Spool 5- Inner Passage 2
2- Port A 6- Spring A
7. Consequently, the shockless valve reduces the 3- Spring B 8- Inner Passage 1
shock during boom lower operation or when 4- Port 1 9- Inner Passage 3
stopping boom raise operation.

T3-6-12
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

During boom lower operation or when stopping boom

raise operation (shock reducing operation)
6 8 1 3
2 C

5 9
4 T183-03-06-005

1 2

5 9
4 T183-03-06-004

Detail of Clearance C 7

1
T1V1-03-06-008

1- Spool 4- Port 1 7- Housing

2- Port A 5- Inner Passage 2 8- Inner Passage 1
3- Spring B 6- Spring A 9- Inner Passage 3

T3-6-13
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Pump 1 and 2 Flow Rate Control Valve

The pump flow rate control valve delivers pump control
pressure Pi to the pump regulator in response to pilot
pressure from the pilot valve.

1. Pilot oil pressure (5) from the pilot valve is routed to

the spring (1) chamber side in either the pump 1 or
pump 2 flow rate control valve after being selected
by shuttle valve (4) in the signal control valve.
2. Spool (2) is moved to the left and primary pilot
pressure (6) is routed to port SA or port SB.
3. Therefore, pressure in port SA (a) and port SB (b)
increases.
4. In addition, pressure oil in port SA (a) and port
SB (b) is also routed to chamber A (3). Therefore,
spool (2) is moved back until the pressure force in
port SA (a) and port SB (b) balances with the pilot
pressure routed to the spring (1) chamber side
so that pressure in port SA (a) or port SB (b) stops
increasing.

fNOTE: The pump 1 flow rate control valve is operated

when the boom (raise or lower), arm (roll-in or roll-
out), bucket (roll-in or roll-out), auxiliary (machine
with the attachment (pulverizers 1 to 5, crushers 1 to
5) equipped), and travel (right) functions are operated.
The pump 2 flow rate control valve is operated when the
boom (raise), arm (roll-in or roll-out), travel (left), and
auxiliary 1 functions are operated.

T3-6-14
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

a, b

2 1

3 6
5
e e

4
TDAA-03-06-012

a- To Port SA d- To Hydraulic Oil Tank e- From Pilot Valve

b- To Port SB

1- Spring 3- Chamber A 5- Pilot Pressure

2- Spool 4- Shuttle Valve 6- Primary Pilot Pressure

T3-6-15
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Control Bucket Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool:
Spool, Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool, 1 a b 2
Swing Parking Brake Release Spool, Arm 1
Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool

fNOTE: The four spools are identical in operational

principle.
T178-03-06-014
 The bucket flow rate control valve control spool is d c
shifted by arm roll-in pilot pressure and supplies boom a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank c- To Bucket Flow Rate Control
raise pilot pressure to the bucket flow rate control b- Boom Raise Pilot Pressure Valve
valve in control valve. d- Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure
 The flow combiner valve control spool is shifted by 1- Spool 2- Spring
travel (right) pilot pressure and supplies primary pilot
pressure to the flow combiner valve in control valve.
 The swing parking brake release spool is shifted by the Flow Combiner Valve Control Spool:
boom, arm, bucket, swing, or auxiliary pilot pressure
and supplies primary pilot pressure to the swing motor. 1 a b 2

T178-03-06-014
f e
a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank e- To Flow Combiner Valve
b- Primary Pilot Pressure f- Travel (Right) Pilot Pressure

1- Spool 2- Spring

Swing Parking Brake Release Spool:

1 a b 2

T178-03-06-014
h g
a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank g- To Swing Motor
b- Primary Pilot Pressure h- Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing,
Auxiliary

1- Spool 2- Spring

T3-6-16
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

 The arm 1 flow rate control valve control spool is Arm 1 Flow Rate Control Valve Control Spool:
shifted by arm roll-in pilot pressure and supplies swing
1 a i 2
pilot pressure to the arm 1 flow rate control valve in
control valve.

T178-03-06-014
d j

a- To Hydraulic Oil Tank j- To Arm 1 Flow Rate Control

d- Arm Roll-In Pilot Pressure Valve
i- Swing Pilot Pressure
1- Spool 2- Spring

T3-6-17
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 6 Signal Control Valve

(Blank)

T3-6-18
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Pilot Shut-Off Solenoid Valve

Spool (1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is shifted by Section Z-Z
the pilot shut-off lever and turns ON/OFF pilot pressure
oil to the pilot valve and signal control valve.

T1 to T4

P
A1 to A4

T1V1-03-07-012

A1 P T1

A2 T2

A3

Z
T3
T4

A4

T1V1-03-07-011

P- Primary Pilot Pressure A3- Arm/ Swing, Blade Pilot T1- Returning Oil from Travel, T3- Returning Oil from Boom/
A1- Boom/ Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot Pressure Auxiliary Pilot Bucket, Blade Pilot
Pressure A4- Pilot Pressure to Signal Control T2- Returning Oil from Arm/ Swing T4- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil
A2- Travel Pilot Pressure Valve (Port PI) Pilot Tank

1- Spool 1

T3-7-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

 Pilot Shut-Off Lever: LOCK Position Pilot Shut-Off Lever: LOCK Position
1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the LOCK
position, the pilot shut-off relay is turned OFF and
the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is turned OFF. (Refer
to SYSTEM / Electrical System.) T1 to T4

2. Pressure oil from the pilot pump is blocked by spool

(1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid valve.
3. Pressure oil in pilot valves (A1 to A3) and signal
control valve (A4) sides flow to the hydraulic oil P
tank.
A1 to A4
4. Therefore, even if the control/travel control lever is
operated, the pilot valve is not activated.

 Pilot Shut-Off Lever: UNLOCK Position

1. When the pilot shut-off lever is set to the UNLOCK
position, the pilot shut-off relay is turned ON and
1
the pilot shut-off solenoid valve is excited. (Refer to
SYSTEM / Electrical System.) T1J1-03-07-011

2. Therefore, spool (1) in the pilot shut-off solenoid

valve is pushed down and the returning oil from the Pilot Shut-Off Lever: UNLOCK Position
pilot valve and signal control valve are blocked by
spool (1).
3. Pressure oil from the pilot pump flows to the pilot
valve and signal control valve. T1 to T4

4. Consequently, when the control/travel control lever

is operated, the pilot valve is activated.

P
A1 to A4

T1J1-03-07-001

P- Primary Pilot Pressure T1- Returning Oil from Travel,

A1- Boom/ Bucket, Auxiliary Pilot Auxiliary Pilot
Pressure T2- Returning Oil from Arm/
A2- Travel Pilot Pressure Swing Pilot
A3- Arm/ Swing, Blade Pilot T3- Returning Oil from Boom/
Pressure Bucket, Blade Pilot
A4- Pilot Pressure to Signal T4- Returning Oil to Hydraulic Oil
Control Valve (Port PI) Tank

1- Spool 1

T3-7-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Solenoid Valve
The solenoid valve consists of the 4-spool solenoid valve SC SF SI SG
unit for pump and valve, the 2-spool solenoid valve for
muffler filter regeneration control, and auxiliary control
solenoid valve unit (optional).

4-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit

The 4-spool solenoid valve unit controls the control
valve and the valve in travel motor according to the
signal from MC (main controller). (Refer to SYSTEM /
Control System.)
The 4-spool solenoid valve unit consists of proportional
solenoid valves (SC, SF, SI, and SG).
TJAA-01-02-102
SC : Controls the arm regenerative valve in control
valve.
SF : Controls the digging regenerative valve in control
valve.
SI : Controls the arm 2 flow rate control valve (switch
valve) in control valve.
SG : Increases pressure of the main relief valve in
control valve and controls the travel motor
displacement angle control valve.

2-Spool Solenoid Valve Unit (Muffler Filter SZ SJ

Regeneration Control)
The 2-spool solenoid valve unit controls the pump and
control valve according to the signal from MC (main
controller). (Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
The 2-spool solenoid valve unit consists of proportional
solenoid valves (SZ and SJ).
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)

SZ : Controls the pump 1 regulator (delivery flow rate

increase).
SJ : Controls the bypass shut-out valve in control
valve.

TDAA-03-07-002

T3-7-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Auxiliary Control Solenoid Valve Unit (Option)

The auxiliary control solenoid valve unit consists of
1 2
auxiliary flow combiner control solenoid valve (1) and
auxiliary flow rate control solenoid valve (2).
Auxiliary flow combiner control solenoid valve (1) is
an ON/OFF solenoid valve. When the attachment is
selected by using the monitor, auxiliary flow combiner
control solenoid valve (1) is turned ON and shifts the
auxiliary flow combiner valve in control valve.
(Refer to SYSTEM / Control System.)
Auxiliary flow rate control solenoid valve (2) is a
proportional solenoid valve. The auxiliary flow rate
control valve (switch valve) in control valve is shifted by
the signal from MC (main controller).
TDAA-03-07-012

1- Auxiliary Flow Combiner 2- Auxiliary Flow Rate Control

Control Solenoid Valve Solenoid Valve

T3-7-4
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Proportional Solenoid Valve

The proportional solenoid valve is controlled by an
electric current signal from MC (main controller) and
outputs pressure in proportional to the electric current.

 When in neutral  When excited

1. Spring (2) pushes spool (1) to the right and output 1. Solenoid (3) pushes spool (1) to the left in
port S is connected to tank port T. proportion to the current value flowing through
solenoid (3).
2. Pilot pressure oil from port P flows to output port S
and pressure at output port S increases.
3. This pressure at output port S is routed to stepped
part a of spool (1). Spool (1) is pushed to the right
due to difference in the pressure receiving area
between stepped part a.
4. When pressure at output port S increases and the
force to push spool (1) to the right overcomes
the force to push spool (1) to the left by solenoid
(3), spool (1) is moved back to the right and the
passage between output port S and port P is
closed. Therefore, pressure at output port S stops
increasing.

T S P 1 2 3

TDAA-03-07-013

1- Spool 2- Spring 3- Solenoid

T3-7-5
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

ON/OFF Solenoid Valve

The ON/OFF solenoid valve shifts the brake switch and
each control switch in order to shift pilot pressure.

 In Neutral
Spool (1) is pushed to the right by spring (2).
Output port S is connected to tank port T.

 In Operation
As solenoid (3) is excited, spool (1) is pushed to the left.
Pilot port P is connected to output port S and tank port
T is blocked.

P S T 3

1 2
T105-02-11-010

1- Spool 2- Spring 3- Solenoid

T3-7-6
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

(Blank)

T3-7-7
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Hose Rupture Valve

The hose rupture valve is installed to boom cylinder
(bottom side circuit), arm cylinder (rod side circuit), and
positioning cylinder (2-piece boom) (rod side circuit).
When the hose of front attachment is damaged, the hose
rupture valve holds the front attachment and prevents
the front attachment from falling.

fNOTE: The hose rupture valve in boom cylinder is X X

explained here.
Y Y
 Control Lever: In Neutral TDAA-03-07-011
1. As pilot pressure Pi is not routed to spool (2), spool
(2) is pushed to the right by the spring (10) force.
2. One holding pressure of cylinder at port B is routed
to poppet (6) and the other is routed to spool (2) 5 8 4
through passage E (8).
3. Holding pressure of cylinder through passage E (8)
is blocked by spool (2).
In addition, even if pressure oil in the spring (5)
chamber is also routed to spool (2) through passage b
C (4), pressure oil is blocked by spool (2) and does 6
not flow to passage D (9).
4. Therefore, poppet (6) is pushed downward by force Pi
(pressure of the spring (5) chamber + spring (5)).
B
5. Consequently, as holding pressure of cylinder at
port B is blocked completely, the front attachment
is held and prevented from falling when the hose of A 10 9 2
front attachment is damaged.

a
TDAA-03-07-005

A- Port A a- To Spool in Control Valve (To

B- Port B Hose of Front Attachment)
b- External Force

2- Spool 8- Passage E
4- Passage C 9- Passage D
5- Spring 10- Spring
6- Poppet

T3-7-8
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Section X-X
1
10 11 2
Pi

8
A

1 4

Section Y-Y 5 6 7

A
TDAA-03-07-006

A- Port A B- Port B

1- Relief Valve 4- Passage C 7- Orifice 10- Spring

2- Spool 5- Spring 8- Passage E 11- Orifice
3- Piston 6- Poppet 9- Passage D

T3-7-9
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

 During Boom Lower Operation

(Control Lever Stroke: Less than Half-Stroke)
1. When the boom is lowered, pilot pressure Pi acts on
piston (3).
2. When the boom lower control lever is less than half-
stroke, piston (3) pushes in spool (2) to the position
where passage E (8) is opened.
3. Pressure oil in the spring (5) chamber is blocked by
spool (2) and poppet (6) is pushed downward. X X

4. Pressure oil from port B flows to the spool in

control valve through passage E (8), orifice (11), and Y Y
passage D (9), and lowers the boom. TDAA-03-07-011
5. In addition, as pressure oil flow rate flowing to the
spool in control valve is decreased by orifice (11),
the boom can be lowered slowly even if the hose of
front attachment is damaged.
5 8 4

11

Pi

A 10 9 2 3

a
TDAA-03-07-007

A- Port A a- To Control Valve Spool

B- Port B

2- Spool 8- Passage E
3- Piston 9- Passage D
4- Passage C 10- Spring
5- Spring 11- Orifice
6- Poppet

T3-7-10
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Section X-X
1
10 11 2
Pi

A
a
3

Section Y-Y 4 5 6 7

A
TDAA-03-07-008

A- Port A B- Port B a- To Control Valve Spool

1- Relief Valve 4- Passage C 7- Orifice 10- Spring

2- Spool 5- Spring 8- Passage E 11- Orifice
3- Piston 6- Poppet 9- Passage D

T3-7-11
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

 During Boom Lower Operation

(Control Lever Stroke: More than Half-Stroke)
1. When the boom lower control lever is more than
half-stroke, piston (3) pushes in spool (2) to the
position where passage C (4) is connected to hole
(12) on spool (2).
2. Therefore, pressure oil in the spring (5) chamber
flows to passage D (9) through hole (12) on spool (2)
and spool (2).
X X
3. In addition, pressure in passage E (8) flows to
passage D (9) through orifice (11).
Y Y
4. As pressure difference arises between port B and TDAA-03-07-011
spring (5) chamber due to orifice (7) at this time,
poppet (6) is moved upward.
5. Consequently, returning oil from port B flows to the
spool in control valve through poppet (6) and port
5 8 4
A, and lowers the boom.
6. In addition, as pressure oil in port B flows to port A
directly, pressure oil flow rate flowing to the spool 6
in control valve increases and boom lowering speed 7
becomes fast.

11

Pi

A 10 9 2 3

a
TDAA-03-07-009

A- Port A a- To Control Valve Spool

B- Port B

2- Spool 7- Orifice
3- Piston 8- Passage E
4- Passage C 9- Passage D
5- Spring 10- Spring
6- Poppet 11- Orifice

T3-7-12
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Section X-X
1
10 11 2
Pi

A
a 12 3

Section Y-Y 4 5 6 7

A
TDAA-03-07-010

A- Port A B- Port B a- To Control Valve Spool

1- Relief Valve 4- Passage C 7- Orifice 10- Spring

2- Spool 5- Spring 8- Passage E 11- Orifice
3- Piston 6- Poppet 9- Passage D 12- Hole

T3-7-13
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Pilot Relief Valve

Pilot relief valve (2) has pilot filter (3) incorporated.
Pilot relief valve (2) functions to regulate pilot pump 2
pressure routed to port P (1) to a constant pressure. 1

T178-03-07-001

1- Port P 3- Pilot Filter

2- Pilot Relief Valve

T3-7-14
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

Recirculation Valve (Option) A

Fuel prefilter (2) is equipped with recirculation valve (1).

Recirculation valve (1) circulates a part of warm fuel
returned from the engine without returning to the
fuel tank when fuel temperature is low. Therefore, fuel 1
temperature rises and the fuel filter is prevented from
clogging. When fuel temperature rises beyond the
specified value, it makes all fuel from the engine return to
the fuel tank and keeps fuel proper temperature. 2

TDAA-02-03-030

When fuel temperature is low When fuel temperature is high

b b

a 3 4 5 6 TDAA-02-03-028 a 3 4 5 6 TDAA-02-03-029

Section A-A Section A-A

a- From Engine b- To Fuel Tank c- To Fuel Prefilter

1- Recirculation Valve 3- Spring 5- Spool

2- Fuel Prefilter 4- Piston 6- Thermostat

T3-7-15
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 7 Others (Upperstructure)

(Blank)

T3-7-16
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Swing Bearing
The swing bearing supports the upperstructure on the
undercarriage and allows the upperstructure to swing
smoothly.
This bearing is a single row type ball bearing and consists
of outer race (1), inner race (3), ball (6), support (5), and
seals (2, 4).
Outer race (1) is bolted to the upperstructure. Inner race
(3) is bolted to the undercarriage. The internal gear of
inner race (3) meshes with the output shaft of the swing
reduction gear.

T135-03-02-001

1- Outer Race 3- Inner Race 5- Support

2- Seal 4- Seal 6- Ball

T3-8-1
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Center Joint
The center joint is a 360° rotating joint. When the upper
structure swings, the center joint eliminates twisting
of the hoses and allows hydraulic oil to flow the travel
motors and the blade cylinder (optional).
Spindle (1) and body (2) are secured to the upperstructure
and to the swing center of the undercarriage respectively.
Pressure oil flows to the right and left travel motors and
the blade cylinder (optional) through spindle (1) and each
oil port of body (2). Seals (3) prevent oil leaks between
spindle (1) and body (2).

a b d b

d c a c

e f e

f
:g
:h
:e

T157-03-02-004

a Travel (Left Reverse) c- Travel (Right Reverse) e- for Travel Mode Control g- Forward
b- Travel (Right Forward) d- Travel (Left Forward) Pilot Pressure h- Reverse
f- Drain

1- Spindle 2- Body 3- Seal

T3-8-2
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Machine with Blade (Optional) Equipped

d b j e
: g, i

: h, j a c 1
i
2

f e
j
i

j i

TDAD-03-08-001

a Travel (Left Reverse) d- Travel (Left Forward) f- Drain i- Blade Raise

b- Travel (Right Forward) e- for Travel Mode Control Pilot g- Forward j- Blade Lower
c- Travel (Right Reverse) Pressure h- Reverse

1- Spindle 2- Body 3- Seal

T3-8-3
 SECTION 3 COMPONENT OPERATION
Group 8 Others (Undercarriage)

Track Adjuster
The track adjuster located on the side frame consists of Detail A
spring (3) and adjuster cylinder (1).
Spring (3) absorbs the loads applied to the front idler (4) 5
part. Track sag is adjusted by adjuster cylinder (1).

 When grease is supplied through grease fitting (5),

grease fills chamber (a) in adjuster cylinder (1), pushes
piston rod (2), and reduces track sag.

W8HY-04-03-001

2 1 3 A

a
4

W1V7-03-04-002

1- Adjuster Cylinder 3- Spring 5- Grease Fitting

2- Piston Rod 4- Front Idler

T3-8-4
MEMO
MEMO
Hitachi Construction Machinery Co. Ltd Hitachi Ref. No.
Attn: Publications, Marketing & Product Support
Tel: 81-29-982-7084
Fax: 81-29-831-1162
E-mail: [email protected]

SERVICE MANUAL REVISION REQUEST FORM

COMPANY NAME: MODEL:

PUBLICATION PART NO.:
YOUR NAME: (Located at the left top corner in the cover page)
DATE: PAGE NO.:
FAX: (Located at the bottom center in the page. If two or more revisions
are requested, use the comment column)
E-mail:

YOUR COMMENTS / SUGGESTIONS:

Attach photo or sketch if required.
If your need more space, please use another sheet.

REPLY:

(Copy this form for usage)